HomeMy WebLinkAbout600 E 1st St ARLINGTON, WA 98223-2605_BLD6639_2026 COMMERCIAL BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION
Community and Economic Development
City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE • Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360) 403-3551
The following information is required for Commercial, Multi-Family, and Mixed-Use Building Permit Applications.
Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of the
submittal documents. See ASSISTANCE BULLETIN #30 for detailed design requirements.
EACH BUILDING OR STRUCTURE REQUIRES A SEPARATE SUBMITTAL.
SUBMIT ELECTRONIC FILES FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING; Incomplete applications will not be accepted.
REQUIRED DOCUMENTS
✔ Site Plan
✔ Architectural Plans
Structural Plans
Structural Calculations
Mechanical System Modifications, (if applicable)
Plumbing System Modifications, (if applicable)
Project Specification Manuals, (if applicable)
WSEC Compliance Forms, (if applicable) https://waenergycodes.com/
✔ Special Inspection and Testing Agreement
Deferred Submittal Request
Airport Property Lease (if building is located within the Arlington Airport Property Boundary)
1. Plan Review fee is due at time of submittal and remaining balance will be due at time of issuance.
2. The City of Arlington does not review or inspect electrical systems. Contact Labor and Industries at lni.wa.gov or
360-416-3000.
A. DEFERRED SUBMITTALS
If the project requires any of the following, a Deferred Submittal Request MUST be completed. Deferred submittals require
separate applications, plans and plan review.
1. Mechanical Plans (if not included in the plan set)
2. Plumbing Plans (if not included in the plan set)
3. Fire Sprinkler
4. Fire Alarm
5. Signage
B. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AGREEMENT
A Special Inspection Firm is required to perform special inspections for the following type of work.
*The Special Inspection and Testing Agreement MUST be submitted with the Building Application.
Reinforced Concrete Structural Steel and Welding
Bolting in Concrete High-Strength Bolting
Pre-stressed Concrete Spray-Applied Fireproofing
Shotcrete Smoke-Control Systems
Structural Masonry Other - Specify: ______________________________________
I acknowledge that all items designated as submittal requirements must accompany my Commercial
Building Permit Application to be considered a complete submittal.
COMMERCIAL BUILDING
INSTALLATION, MODIFICATION OR REMOVAL MAY REQUIRE A SEPARATE PERMIT SUBMITAL
*CHECK ALL THAT APPLY
Automatic fire extinguishing systems Compressed gas systems
Fire pumps Flammable and combustible liquids (tanks, piping etc.)
Standpipe systems Hazardous materials
Private fire hydrants Industrial ovens/furnace
Fire alarm and detection systems Spraying or dipping operations
High piled/rack storage Temporary membrane structure, tents (>200 sq. ft.) or canopies (>400 sq. ft.)
Provide details on any of the above checked items: _________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
Type of Permit: X Commercial Mulit-Family Mixed-Use
Property Address: 600 E 1st St Project Valuation: $10,000
31051100102100
Lot #: Parcel ID No.: Subdivision:
Project Scope of Work: Construction of a concrete slab and connected sidewalk.
IBC Construction Type: Type II (Future bleachers) IBC Occupancy Type: A-5 (Future bleachers)
Building/Space Square Footage: 2,160 SF (Slab) Number of Stories: N/A
Square Footage Per Floor: 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
Primary Contact: Owner Architect Engineer Contractor
Owner Name: Arlington Public Schools (Brian Lewis) Office No.: 360.618.6238
Email Address: brian.lewis@asd16.org Cell No.: 360.460.8913
315 N French St Arlington WA 98223
Mailing Address: City: State: Zip:
Architect Name: McGranahanPBK (Chris Lilley) Office No.: 253.383.3084
Email Address: chris.lilley@mcgranahan.com Cell No.: 253.370.8913
2111 Pacific Ave #100 Tacoma WA 98402
Mailing Address: City: State: Zip:
7359 03/27/2027
Professional License Number: Expiration Date:
Engineer Name: N/A Office No.:
Email Address: Cell No.:
Mailing Address: City: State: Zip:
Professional License Number: Expiration Date:
Primary Contractor: TBD Office No.:
Email Address: Cell No.:
Mailing Address: City: State: Zip:
L&I Contractor License Number: Expiration Date:
REV03.2022 Page 2 of 6
COMMERCIAL BUILDING
MECHANICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION
Type of Permit: ï² New Installation ï² Gas Piping
Mechanical Contractor: None Office No.:
Email Address: Cell No.:
Mailing Address: City: State: Zip:
L&I Contractor License Number: Expiration Date:
ï‚· New gas piping requires a pressure test hooking to any appliance
ï‚· Sediment traps (drips) are required on all gas lines
ï‚· Gas lines are required to be supported/secured per IFGS, Section 415
ï‚· Proper Combustion air and venting required for all appliances
ï‚· A shut-off valve is required within 6 feet of each appliance
Gas Piping Specification and complete Schematic PAGE 4 ï² Not Applicable
Proposed Piping Material: ï² CSST ï² Brass ï² Black Steel ï² Galvanized Steel ï² Other
Proposed Piping Size: ï² Â½â€ ï² â…â€ ï² Â¾â€ ï² 1â€ ï² 1Â½â€ ï² 2â€
Inlet Pressure: Pressure Drop: Specific Gravity:
MECHANICAL PERMIT FEES (per unit)
Type of Fixture No. of Units Cost per Unit Subtotal
Additional Plan Review fees x $ 75.00 = $
Air Cond. Unit ≤100Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $
Air Cond. Unit >100Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $
Air Cond. Unit >500Btu/hp x $ 50.00 = $
Air Handling Units x $ 15.00 = $
Base Mechanical Fee $ 25.00 $ 25.00
Boiler <100Btu/h >3hp x $ 15.00 = $
Boiler >1 million Btu/h<50hp x $ 25.00 = $
Boiler >1.5 million Btu/h<50hp x $ 50.00 = $
Boiler >100Btu/h 3-15hp x $ 15.00 = $
Boiler >500Btu/h 15-30hp x $ 25.00 = $
Diffusers x $ 15.00 = $
Dryer Ducting x $ 15.00 = $
Ductwork (drawings required) x $ 25.00 = $
Evaporative Coolers x $ 15.00 = $
Exhaust/Ventilation Fans x $ 15.00 = $
Fireplace/Insert/Stove x $ 15.00 = $
Forced Air Heat ≤100 Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $
Forced Air Heat >100 Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $
Gas Clothes Dryer x $ 15.00 = $
Gas Fired AC ≤100 Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $
Gas Fired AC >100 Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $
Gas Fired AC > 500 Btu/h x $ 50.00 = $
Gas Piping ≤ 5 units x $ 15.00 = $
REV03.2022 Page 3 of 6
COMMERCIAL BUILDING
MECHANICAL PERMIT FEES (per unit)
Gas Piping > 5 units (plus <5 units) x $ 2.00 = $
Heat Exchangers x $ 15.00 = $
Heat Pump-Condensing Unit x $ 25.00 = $
Hot Water Heat Coils x $ 15.00 = $
Miscellaneous Appliance - regulated by $ 15.00 $
x =
mechanical code, not otherwise specified
Pkg. Units ≤100btu x $ 25.00 = $
Pkg. Units >100btu x $ 50.00 = $
Range/Cook top-Gas Fired x $ 15.00 = $
Refrigeration Unit ≤100Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $
Refrigeration Unit >100Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $
Refrigeration Unit >500Btu/h x $ 50.00 = $
Re-inspection fee (all) x $ 75.00 = $
Unit Heaters ≤ 100 Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $
Unit Heaters >100 Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $
VAV Boxes (Variable Air Volume, part of air $ 10.00 $
x =
conditioning system)
Wall Heaters - Gas Fired x $ 25.00 = $
Water Heater - Gas Fired x $ 25.00 = $
Permit Fee $
Table 4-8; Plan Review Fee $
Processing/Technology Fee $25.00
Total $
PRESSURE PIPING SCHEMATIC
COMPLETE FOR GAS PIPING ONLY – USE A SEPARATE SHEET, IF NECESSARY
ï² SCHEMATIC IS TO SCALE ï² SCHEMATIC NOT TO SCALE
Show Pipe Size(s) and Length(s) from meter to all appliances
NOTE: Any interior pressure regulators must be indicated
REV03.2022 Page 4 of 6
COMMERCIAL BUILDING
PLUMBING SYSTEM INFORMATION
Plumbing Contractor: None Office No.:
Email Address: Cell No.:
Mailing Address: City: State: Zip:
L&I Contractor License Number: Expiration Date:
The following items need to be specified on the plans:
ï² Fixture specifications and equipment with locations.
ï² Location and type of all backflow assemblies for each fixture.
ï² Calculations for Grease Interceptor.
ï² Pipe size and location of sanitary and potable water systems.
ï² Riser diagram of waste, vent, and rain water systems, including sizes.
ï² Medical gas piping riser diagram, type of gas, storage room and size of piping.
PLUMBING PERMIT FEES (per fixture)
Commercial plumbing permits are required to submit line drawings. A plan review fee of 65% per Table 4-6 for
plumbing permits will be assessed at time of submittal. Includes two (2) inspections with permit.
Type of Fixture No. of Fixtures Cost per Fixture Subtotal
Additional Plan Review fees x $ 75.00 =
Alteration/repair piping x $ 15.00 =
Backflow Assembly x $25.00 =
Base Plumbing Fee $ 25.00 $25.00
Bath/Shower Combo x $ 15.00 =
Building Main Waste x $ 25.00 =
Clothes Washer x $ 15.00 =
Dishwasher x $ 15.00 =
Drinking Fountain x $ 15.00 =
Floor Drains x $ 15.00 =
Grease Interceptor x $ 75.00 =
Grease Trap x $ 25.00 =
Hose Bibb x $ 15.00 =
Icemaker/Refrigerator x $ 15.00 =
Irrigation – per meter x $ 25.00 =
Kitchen Sink & Disposal x $ 15.00 =
Laundry Tray x $ 15.00 =
Lavatory x $ 15.00 =
Med Gas Piping ≤ 5 inlets/outlets x $ 60.00 =
Med Gas Piping > 5 inlets/outlets (plus ≤ 5 x $ 5.00 =
inlets/outlets)
Miscellaneous – regulated by plumbing x $ 15.00 =
code, not otherwise specified
Pretreatment Interceptor x $ 15.00 =
REV03.2022 Page 5 of 6
COMMERCIAL BUILDING
PLUMBING PERMIT FEES (per fixture)
Re-inspection Fee (all) x $ 75.00 =
Roof Drains x $ 15.00 =
Shower (only) x $ 15.00 =
Sink (bar, service, etc.) x $ 15.00 =
Toilets x $ 15.00 =
Urinal x $ 15.00 =
Vacuum Breakers x $ 25.00 =
Water Heater x $ 25.00 =
Water Heater - Tankless x $ 25.00 =
Permit Fee
Table 4-6; Plan Review Fee
Processing/Technology Fee $25.00
Total
PROPOSED BUILDING USE
ï² New ï² Retail ï² Medical ï² Automotive Based ï² Industrial
ï² Office ï² Restaurant ï² Machine Shop ï² Other: ____________________________________
CROSS CONNECTION
Please check all appliances that are proposed or permanently connected to the water supply.
ï² Ice Machine ï² Dialysis Equip. ï² Air washers
ï² Coffee Urn/Espresso ï² Hydrotherapy Equip. ï² Steam Generators
ï² Carbonated Bev. ï² Dental Equip. ï² Dye Vats
ï² Fume Hoods ï² Laboratory Equip. ï² Pressure Washers
ï² Degreasers ï² Autoclave/Sterilizers ï² Cooling Towers
ï² Hot Tub/Spa ï² Decorative Fountain ï² Fire Sprinkler
ï² Aquarium ï² Swimming Pools ï² Sprinkler w/chemicals
ï² Lawn Irrigation ï² Well on property ï² Other: ________________________
WASTEWATER DISCHARGE
Does the plumbing system currently have a grease interceptor? ï² Yes ï² No ï² Don’t Know
Does the plumbing system currently have an oil/water
ï² Yes ï² No ï² Don’t Know
separator?
Is water used in the business process (washing, rinsing,
ï² Yes ï² No ï² Don’t Know
cooling)?
Does your business require a NPDES permit? ï² Yes ï² No ï² Don’t Know
I hereby certify that the above information is correct and that the construction on, and the occupancy and the use of
the above-described property will be in accordance with the laws, rules and regulation of the State of Washington.
Christopher J. Lilley, AIA 7/16/2025
Signature Print Name Date
REV03.2022 Page 6 of 6
H A L L E R M I D D L E S C H O O L B L E A C H E R S I T E P R E P
A R L I N G T O N P U B L I C S C H O O L S
7359 REGISTERED
A r l i n g t o n , W a s h i n g t o n
ARCHITECT
CHRISTOPHER J. LILLEY
STATE OF WASHINGTON
B I D S E T
J U L Y 0 9 , 2 0 2 5
A B B R E V I A T I O N S P R O J E C T D A T A
P R O J E C T T E A M
S H E E T I N D EX
@ AT ID INSIDE DIAMETER PROJECT DESCRIPTION
OWNER
GENERAL
AB ANCHOR BOLT IE INVERT ELEVATION CONSTRUCTION OF A CONCRETE SLAB
AND CONNECTED SIDEWALK PROVIDING ACCESS TO ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT #16 G0.01
COVER SHEET
ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE INCL INCLUDE OR INCLUDING THE MAIN DRIVEWAY THROUGH THE
SITE. 315 FRENCH AVE
ADJ ADJACENT INT INTERIOR
ARLINGTON, WA 98223
CIVIL
AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR INSUL INSULATION PROJECT ADDRESS
PHONE: 360.618.6200
ALUM ALUMINUM JT JOINT 600 E 1ST ST
C1.0 PLANNING SWPPP RESTORATION
ANOD ANODIZED JST JOIST ARLINGTON, WA 98223
C1.1 NOTES & DETAILS
ASSY ASSEMBLY L ANGLE
ARCHITECT
ATTACH ATTACHMENT LAM LAMINATE
McGranahanPBK
ARCHITECTURAL
ALT ALTERNATE LB OR # POUND
2111 PACIFIC AVENUE, SUITE 100
A1.01 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN
BD OR BRD BOARD LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL
TACOMA, WA 98402
BITM BITUMINOUS LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL
A1.02 ENLARGED SITE PLAN
BLDG BUILDING LOC LOCATION
A1.11 SITE DETAILS
BLKG BLOCKING MATL MATERIAL
CIVIL ENGINEER
BM BEAM MAX MAXIMUM
HARMSEN LLC
BO BOTTOM OF MB MACHINE BOLT INCL WASHER / NUT
2822 COLBY AVE, SUITE 300
BOTT BOTTOM MECH MECHANICAL
EVERETT, WA 98201
BRG BEARING M/E/P OR MEP MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING
BTWN BETWEEN MFR MANUFACTURER
CB CATCH BASIN MIN MINIMUM
CEM CEMENT MTL METAL
CJ CONTROL JOINT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT
CLG CEILING NO NUMBER
CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS NR NOT RATED
CO CLEAN OUT NOM NOMINAL
COL COLUMN NTS NOT TO SCALE
CONC CONCRETE OC ON CENTER
CORR CORRIDOR OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER
CORRUG CORRUGATED OF OVERFLOW
CL CENTERLINE OPER OPERABLE
CLR CLEAR OPP OPPOSITE HANDE
CONN CONNECT OVHD OVERHEAD
CONT CONTINUOUS OVHG OVERHANG
CSK COUNTERSINK PENE PENETRATION
p r o j e c t_
CW CURTAINWALL PERF PERFORATED
DBL DOUBLE PI POST INDICATOR
HALLER MS BLEACHER SITE PREP
DEMO DEMOLISH PL PLATE
DIA, Ø DIAMETER PNL PANEL
c l i e n t_
DN DOWN PNT PAINT
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT
DO DITTO OR REPEAT ADJACENT ELEMENT PR PAIR
DR DOOR PROT PROTECTION
DS DOWNSPOUT PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH
PROJECT l o c a t i o n_
DWG(S) DRAWING(S) PT PRESSURE OR PRESERVATIVE TREATED
NORTH ARLINGTON, WA
(E) OR EXIST EXISTING PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE G E N E R A L P R O J E
C T N O T E S V I C I N I T Y M A P
EA EACH PW OR PLYWD PLYWOOD
EJ EXPANSION JOINT RAD RADIUS
ELECT ELECTRICAL RD ROOF DRAIN
1. REFERENCE FIRST SHEET
IN EACH DRAWING SERIES FOR ADDITIONAL APPLICABLE GENERAL NOTES.
Project No.2010.720
ELEV OR EL ELEVATION RE REFER TO
EMER EMERGENCY REQD REQUIRED
2. ALL WORK PERFORMED
SHALL COMPLY WITH THESE GENERAL NOTES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE
EMBED EMBEDMENT RWL RAIN WATER LEADER
COVER SHEET
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
ENL ENLARGED SAM SELF ADHERED MEMBRANE
EPS EXPANDED POLYSTRENE SCHED SCHEDULE
3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
VISIT THE SITE AND BE KNOWLEDGEABLE OF CONDITIONS THEREOF. THE CONTRACTOR
EQ EQUAL SCL STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER
SHALL INVESTIGATE
VERIFY AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT AND SHALL NOTIFY THE
EQUIP EQUIPMENT SF STOREFRONT
OWNER/ARCHITECT OF
CONDITIONS REQUIRING MODIFICATION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.
EXP EXPANSION SHEATH SHEATHING
EXT EXTERIOR SHT SHEET
4. CONDITIONS WHICH ARE
NOT DETAILED SHALL BE ASSUMED TO BE SIMILAR IN CHARACTER TO THOSE WHICH ARE.
EXTR EXTRUDED SIM SIMILAR
WHERE SPECIFIC DIMENSIONS,
DETAILS OR DESIGN INTENT CAN NOT BE DETERMINED THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
FF FACTORY FINISH SPEC SPECIFICATION
NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT
PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.
FH FIRE HYDRANT SQ SQUARE
FIN FINISH(ED) SQIN SQUARE INCHES
5. CONSTRUCTION OF WORK
INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AS (NIC) IS NOT IN CONTRACT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
FLASHG FLASHING S/S OR SS STAINLESS STEEL
COORDINATE ALL TRADES
OF HIS WORK, WHETHER DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVED, WITH NIC WORK.
i s s u e d_
FLR FLOOR STD STANDARD
FM FACTORY MUTUAL T & G TOUNGE AND GROOVE
BID SET 09 JULY 25
6. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM
TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND GOVERNING AUTHORITIES AND
FOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER TERM TERMINATION
SHALL BE OF BEST PRACTICE
OF EACH TRADE.
INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR TO TOP OF
FOIO FURNISHED BY OWNER TRTD TREATED
7. ALL DIMENSIONS SHALL
TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALE. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS.
. r e v i s i o n_
INSTALLED BY OWNER TYP TYPICAL
FO FACE OF TS TUBE STEEL
8. ALL DIMENSIONS SHALL
BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO
FRM FRAME UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY
NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT
OF ANY DISCREPANCIES/ CORRECTIONS.
FRMG FRAMING UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE
FT FOOT OR FEET U/S UNDERSIDE
GA GAUGE VIF VERIFY IN FIELD
GALV GALVANIZED VERT VERTICAL
GL GLASS W/ WITH
PROJECT SITE
GLU-LAM GLUE LAMINATED WF WIDE FLANGE
GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD WDO WINDOW
GYP GYPSUM WD WOOD
HGT HEIGHT WR WATER RESISTANT
HM HOLLOW METAL
HORIZ HORIZONTAL
HR HOUR
HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SHAPE
d r a w n_
CAL
c h e c k e d_
CJL
s h e e t_
ORIGINAL SHEET IS 36" x 24"
c o p y r i g h t 2 0 2 4
7/16/2025 9:56:44 AMG0.01
a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d
L E G E N D
G E N E R A L N O T E S
ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL
1. NO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ARE ALLOWED ON OR WITHIN THE EXISTING
RUNNING TRACK, OR ON THE
(44" MIN WIDTH)
EXISTING FIELD, INCLUDING D ZONES. CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE
FOR PROTECTING THE TRACK AND
FIELD FROM ANY POTENTIAL DAMAGE FROM ADJACENT DEMO WORK AND
RESTORING ANY DAMAGED SURFACES
CONTRACTOR SITE ACCESS
PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
2. SEE 01 10 00 - SUMMARY OF WORK FOR LIMITATIONS ON WORKING
HOURS.
AREA OF NO WORK
AREA OF WORK
(E) FENCE
(E)
EXISTING BUILDING
7359 REGISTERED
ARCHITECT
*
ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE
CHRISTOPHER J. LILLEY
STATE OF WASHINGTON
FIRST
STREET
(E) HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL
FRENCH AVENUE BUILDING NOT
STILLAGUAMISH AVENUE
PART OF
SCHOOL
*
p r o j e c t_
(E) MUSIC BLDG
(E)STORAGE
HALLER MS BLEACHER SITE PREP
SHED
c l i e n t_
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT
l o c a t i o n_
ARLINGTON, WA
(E) GREEN
HOUSE
Project No.2010.720
ARCHITECTURAL
SITE PLAN
i s s u e d_
BID SET 09 JULY 25
. r e v i s i o n_
d r a w n_
CAL
PROJECT
c h e c k e d_
NORTH
OVERALL SITE PLAN
CJL
1" = 60'-0"
s h e e t_
ORIGINAL SHEET IS 36" x 24"
c o p y r i g h t 2 0 2 4
7/16/2025 9:56:44 AMA1.01
a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d
ENLARGED SITE PLAN LEGEND ENLARGED SITE PLAN GENERAL NOTES:
1. NO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ARE
ALLOWED ON OR WITHIN THE EXISTING
EXISTING BUILDING
RUNNING TRACK, OR ON THE EXISTING
FIELD, INCLUDING D ZONES.
CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE
FOR PROTECTING THE TRACK AND FIELD
FROM ANY POTENTIAL DAMAGE FROM
ADJACENT DEMO WORK AND
RESTORING ANY DAMAGED SURFACES
PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
AREA OF NO WORK
2. SEE 01 10 00 - SUMMARY OF WORK
FOR LIMITATIONS ON WORKING HOURS
AFTER APRIL 7, 2025.
AREA OF WORK,
BACK FILL ENTIRE AREA WITH TOPPING SOIL
SITE LIGHT
7359 REGISTERED
(E) FENCE
ARCHITECT
CONCRETE
CHRISTOPHER J. LILLEY
STATE OF WASHINGTON
CONCRETE W/ SEALER
(E) CONCRETE
CENTER CONC
SIDEWALK ON (E) GATE. (E) VEHICLE GATE
EXTEND TO MEET (E)
ASPHALT DRIVEWAY.
EXISTING RESTROOM /
STORAGE BUILDING TO
REMAIN
80' - 0" ________1
A1.11
CENTER
PAD ON FIELD
NEW CONC PAD
27' - 0"
NO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ARE ALLOWED ON OR
WITHIN THE EXISTING RUNNING TRACK, OR ON THE
p r o j e c t_
EXISTING FIELD, INCLUDING D ZONES. CONTRACTOR WILL
HALLER MS BLEACHER SITE PREP
BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING THE TRACK AND
c l i e n t_
FIELD FROM ANY POTENTIAL DAMAGE FROM ADJACENT
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT
DEMO WORK AND RESTORING ANY DAMAGED SURFACES
l o c a t i o n_
PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
ARLINGTON, WA
Project No.2010.720
ENLARGED SITE
PLAN
i s s u e d_
BID SET 09 JULY 25
. r e v i s i o n_
~
d r a w n_
CAL
PROJECT
c h e c k e d_
NORTH
ENLARGED SITE PLAN
CJL
1/32" = 1'-0"
s h e e t_
ORIGINAL SHEET IS 36" x 24"
c o p y r i g h t 2 0 2 4
7/16/2025 9:56:45 AMA1.02
a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d
1/4"
TYPE F SEALANT
SEALANT BETWEEN EXISTING AND
SAWCUT
NEW CONC
1" EXISTING CONCRETE WALK,
NOT PRESENT AT SIM CONDITION
CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE
CONTROL JOINT
6x6 W2.1 x W2.1 WWF
SLOPE SLAB AWAY FROM TRACK
1/8" / 1' - 0"
7359 REGISTERED
ARCHITECT
1/4" RADIUS TOOLED EDGE
5"
TYPE G SEALANT
CHRISTOPHER J. LILLEY
BITUMINOUS FELT JOINT FILLER
STATE OF WASHINGTON
1/2"
1/4"
1' - 2" MIN
EXPANSION JOINT
3"
CRUSHED BASE PER CIVIL
(2) #5 CONT.
3"
12" MIN
CONCRETE JOINT DETAIL
EDGE OF SLAB DETAIL
Scale: 3" = 1'-0" 3
Scale: 3" = 1'-0" 2
80' - 0"
40' - 0"
40' - 0"
p r o j e c t_
HALLER MS BLEACHER SITE PREP
5" CONC SLAB ON GRADE
W/ SEALER PER
________2
c l i e n t_
A1.11
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT
CONTORL JOINTS @ 9' - 0" O.C. TYP
l o c a t i o n_
C J
ARLINGTON, WA
Project No.2010.720
________2
27' - 0"
3
SIM
SEE: ________ 1/8" / 1'-0"SLOPE SLAB
A1.11
SITE DETAILS
FOR A1.11
J
CONTROL AND
EXPANSION JOINTS
C
C J
P
0°
Y
0.
T
12
.
C J
. C
O
D
"
0 N
- A
' J
0 E i s s u e d_
1
E
T
@ A BID SET 09 JULY 25
S N
T R
IN E
T
O L
J
A
J
. r e v i s i o n_
E
C J
E J C J E J
C J E J C J
EXISTING CONC STRIP
CONTROL / EXPANSION JOINTS 6' - 0"
@ 10' - 0" O.C. TYP
________2
A1.11
± 6' - 0" VIF(E) CONC
EDGE OF TRACK
d r a w n_
CAL
PROJECT
c h e c k e d_
NORTH
ENLARGED SLAB PLAN
CJL
1/4" = 1'-0"
s h e e t_
ORIGINAL SHEET IS 36" x 24"
c o p y r i g h t 2 0 2 4
7/16/2025 9:56:45 AMA1.11
a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d
PROJECT MANUAL
BID SET
DIVISIONS 00-07
prepared for_
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
regarding_
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP
PROJECT NO. 2010.720
JULY 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 00 00 10, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 TABLE OF CONTENTS
McGranahanPBK
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME 1 OF 1
DIVISION 00 – INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION, BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, AND CONTRACT
REQUIREMENTS
00 40 00 BID FORM
00 50 00 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
AGREEMENT BETWEEN ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT AND CONTRACTOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT
GENERAL CONDITIONS BETWEEN ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT AND CONTRACTOR
DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 10 00 SUMMARY OF WORK
01 10 50 PROJECT MEETINGS
01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS
01 20 00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01 22 00 UNIT PRICES AND ALLOWANCES
01 30 00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
FORM: CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE (CCD)
FORM: PROPOSAL REQUEST (PR)
FORM: CHANGE ORDER FORM (CO)
FORM: NOTICE OF NON-COMPLIANCE (NNC)
FORM: ARCHITECT’S SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS (ASI)
01 30 50 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
01 31 00 PROJECT COORDINATION
01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
01 42 16 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 60 10 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
01 70 00 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
01 72 00 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES
DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE
03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03 35 60 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES
DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 00 40 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 BID FORM
McGranahanPBK
BID FORM
Bids Due: 2:00 p.m., Tuesday, July 29, 2023
TO: Arlington School District No. 16
315 North French Avenue
Arlington, WA 98223
FOR: HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP
BID OFFER
We have carefully examined and are fully familiar with all the provisions of the Contract Documents and addenda thereto,
as well as the site conditions effecting the work. We agree to perform all the Work and to provide all labor, material,
supervision, management, tools and equipment, incidental field design, goods and services and necessary incidentals to
complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Costs include Overhead, Profit, Bonds and Insurance and
other expenses required to complete Work.
ADDENDUM
We acknowledge receipt of the following Addenda:
Addendum No. ______, Dated __________
Addendum No. ______, Dated __________
BASE BID (excluding sales tax)
The following represents the Cost to perform the Base Bid Work described in the Haller Middle School Bleacher Site Prep
Contract Documents. The amount stated in “Figures†governs in case of discrepancies.
Words: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Figures: ___________________________________________________________________________________
STATE & LOCAL SALES TAX
None of the above bids include State or Local Sales Tax.
OVERHEAD AND PROFIT
The Undersigned agrees that all of the above bids include all Contractor’s overhead and profit or fees.
ACCEPTANCE
This offer shall be open to acceptance and is irrevocable for sixty (60) days from Bid Date. If this Bid is accepted by the
Owner within the time stated above, we will:
1. Execute the Agreement within 7 days of receipt of Intent to Award.
2. Provide required Bonds within 7 days of receipt of Intent to Award.
3. Commence Work under the Contract upon receipt of a written Notice to Proceed.
THE OWNER MAY DECLINE TO ENTER INTO THE CONTRACT, WITHHOLD ITS “NOTICE TO PROCEED,â€
AND / OR WITHHOLD PAYMENT TO THE CONTRACTOR UNTIL SURETY BOND IS RECEIVED.
CONTRACT TIME
The undersigned bidder agrees, if awarded the Contract, to Substantially Complete the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents and within the time specified in the Public Works Contract.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
In the event the bidder is awarded the contract and fails to complete the work within the time limit liquidated damages shall
be paid to the Owner in the manner and at the rates specified in the Public Works Contract.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 00 40 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 BID FORM
McGranahanPBK
CONTRACT & BOND(S)
If written Notice of Intent to Award Contract is issued to the Undersigned within forty-five (45) days after the date of
opening of the bids, or at any time thereafter prior to the bid being withdrawn by the Undersigned, the Undersigned agrees
to execute and deliver a contract in the form required by the Contract Documents and in accordance with the bid as
accepted, with partial payments provided for in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington relating to such
payments for Public Works (Chapter 60.28 RCW); and to provide the Performance and Payment Bond and required
insurance documents as specified with good and sufficient insurers, surety or sureties acceptable to the Owner, within seven
(7) days after issuance of the Notice of Intent to Award Contract, exclusive of the day of notice.
BID SECURITY
The Undersigned further agrees that the postal money order, certified or bank cashier’s check or Bid Bond (collectively
“Bid Securityâ€) payable to the Owner, accompanying this proposal, is left in escrow with the Owner; that its amount is the
measure of liquidated damages which the Owner will sustain by the failure of the Undersigned to execute and deliver the
above-named Contract and Bond, and that if the Undersigned defaults in executing and delivering that Contract and in
providing the Bond and insurance documents within seven (7) days of issuance of Notice of Intent to Award Contract, then
the Bid Guarantee shall be forfeited to the Owner; but if this proposal is not accepted by the Owner within forty-five (45)
days from the time set for the opening of bids, or if the Undersigned executes and delivers said Contract, insurance
documents and Bond, the Bid Guarantee shall be returned to the Undersigned.
BIDDER
Submitted on (date): __________________________________
Legal name of Bidder: __________________________________
Mailing address of Bidder: __________________________________
__________________________________
Telephone No: __________________________________
Facsimile No: __________________________________
WA State Contractors License No: __________________________________
License expiration date: __________________________________
WA State Excise Tax Registration No: __________________________________
Federal I.D. No: __________________________________
Name of Person Authorized to sign: __________________________________
Signature of Person Authorized to sign: __________________________________
Title of Person Authorized to sign: __________________________________
By signing this Bid Form, the bidder attests that within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of this bid
solicitation, the bidder has not been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the
department of labor and industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction, to have
willfully violated, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, any provision of chapter 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW.
END OF BID FORM
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 00 50 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
McGranahanPBK
AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 The Agreement to be executed is attached following this page.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
AGREEMENT BETWEEN ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT
AND CONTRACTOR
PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT
Effective Agreement Date:
The Parties to the Agreement are:
The “School District†Arlington School District No. 16
315 N. French Avenue
Arlington, Washington 98223
Attn: Brian Lewis, Executive Director of Operations
The “Contractor†TBD
Name and General Description of the Project: Haller Middle School Bleacher Site Prep
Construction of a concrete slab and sidewalk. Arlington,
Washington 98223
The Architect or Engineer (“A/Eâ€), if any: McGranahanPBK, P.S.
2111 Pacific Avenue, Suite 100
Tacoma, WA 98402
Contract Sum for the Work: TBD
Retainage Options: â–¡
The School District will retain 10% of the Contract Sum until
(check one) thirty days after Final Acceptance and as described in RCW
39.08.010(3) (this box can only be checked if the Contract Sum is
$150,000 or less; see RCW 39.08.010(3) for further requirements; if
this is selected payment and performance bonds are not required).
â–¡ 5% retainage; to be released upon approval of DOR, ESD,
and L&I and as otherwise required by statute and this
Agreement (required for projects exceeding $150,000 or if
option above not selected; if this is selected payment and
performance bonds are required).
Payment and Performance Bond â–¡ Required.
(check one)
â–¡ Not required (this box can only be checked if the Contract Sum is
$150,000 and less and the first box is checked under Payment /
Retainage Options above)
Date of Substantial Completion of the Work:
Date of Final Completion of the Work: Thirty days after reaching Substantial Completion
Liquidated Damages, if any: $500 per calendar day
Accepted Alternates, if any: N/A
Unit Prices, if any: N/A
Addenda, if any:
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
The School District and Contractor agree as set forth below
ARTICLE 1: THE WORK. The Contractor shall fully execute and complete the entire Work described in
the Contract Documents, which include the Request for Bids, Project Drawings, and the other published
bidding documents.
ARTICLE 2: COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL AND FINAL COMPLETION
2.1 The date of commencement of the Work (the date from which the Contract Time is measured) is the date of this
Agreement.
2.2 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion and Final Completion of the entire Work as specified above,
subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 3: THE CONTRACT SUM. The School District shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum on account of the
Contractor’s performance of the Agreement, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 4: PAYMENT. The School District will pay the Contractor within thirty days of receipt of monthly
Applications for Payment in accordance with the Agreement. The School District will make final payment after Final
Completion, within thirty days of receipt of a final Application for Payment, provided that an approved “Statement of Intent
to Pay Prevailing Wages,†an approved “Affidavit of Wages Paid,†and all releases have been submitted. Retention shall be
paid per statute.
ARTICLE 5: PERMITS AND FEES
5.1 The School District will secure and pay for only the following permits: Demolition Permit. The Contractor
shall prepare documents for, secure, and pay for all other permits required for the Work.
5.2 The School District shall secure and pay for approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for the
use or occupancy of permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities.
ARTICLE 6: ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents include this executed
Agreement, including the attached General Conditions, any Supplementary and other Conditions of the Agreement, the
Specifications, the Drawings, any Addenda, and the prevailing wage rates. In the event of a conflict or discrepancy among or
in the Contract Documents, interpretation shall be governed in the following order of priority:
1. Agreement
2. Any Special or Supplemental Conditions
3. The attached General Conditions
4. Scope of Work
5. Specifications
6. Drawings
ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONTRACTOR
By By
(Signature) (Signature)
(Printed name and title) (Printed name and title)
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 7 will be binding on the Contractor, who shall perform the Work
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS involved promptly.
8.6 If the Contractor believes that a written clarification
7.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include
or interpretation, a Construction Change Directive or any
all items necessary for the proper execution and completion
interpretation justifies an increase in the Contract Sum or an
of the Work by the Contractor. The Contractor’s
extension of the Contract Time, and the parties are unable to
performance is required to the extent consistent with the
agree to its amount or extent, the Contractor may make a Claim
Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as
therefor as provided in this Agreement, as soon as possible and
being necessary to produce the intended results.
no later than fourteen days after receipt of the clarification,
interpretation, or Construction Change Directive.
7.2 “Work†means the construction and services
required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor,
8.7 The A/E and School District will also have authority
materials, equipment and services to be provided by the
to require special inspection or testing of the Work, whether or
Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations.
not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
ARTICLE 8
8.8 Neither the A/E’s or School District’s authority to act
ADMINISTRATION OF THE AGREEMENT
under this Article 8 nor elsewhere in the Contract Documents,
nor any decision made by the A/E or School District in good
8.1 The School District and/or A/E will provide
faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority shall give
administration of the Agreement. Neither School District nor
rise to any duty or responsibility of the A/E or the School
any Project Manager or A/E representatives are authorized
District to the Contractor, any Subcontractor of any tier, or any
to revoke, alter, relax or release any requirements of the
other person or organization performing any of the Work, or to
Contract Documents, to issue instructions contrary to the
any surety for any of them.
Contract Documents, or to approve or accept any portion of
the Work not executed in accordance with the Contract
ARTICLE 9
Documents.
THE CONTRACTOR
8.2 The School District or A/E may reject Work that, in
9.1 Using its best skill and attention, the Contractor
its opinion, does not conform to the Contract Documents. The
shall perform, supervise and direct the Work. The Contractor
School District or A/E may visit the site at intervals it
shall be solely responsible for and have control over
considers appropriate to the stage of the Work to become
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences,
generally familiar with the progress and quality of the
procedures and personnel, for safety, and for coordinating
completed Work. However, neither the School District nor the
all portions of the Work under the Agreement. The
A/E will be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite
Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials,
inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work.
equipment, tools and machinery, transportation, and other
facilities and services necessary for the proper execution
8.3 The A/E and School District will not have control
and completion of the Work.
over or charge of and will not be responsible for means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety 9.2 Subcontractors. A “Subcontractor†is a person or
precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since entity that has a direct contract with the Contractor to
these are solely the Contractor’s responsibility. perform a portion of the Work at the Site or to supply
materials or equipment. A “Subcontractor of any tierâ€
8.4 The A/E or School District will issue such written includes Subcontractors and all lower level subcontractors
clarifications or interpretations as to matters of design and suppliers. As soon as practicable and no later than five
interpretation (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as the days after award of the Agreement, the Contractor shall
A/E or School District may determine necessary, which shall confirm in writing to the School District the names of the
be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall Subcontractors for each portion of the Work.
intent of the Contract Documents.
9.3 Compliance with Law. The Contractor, its
8.5 The A/E or School District may authorize minor employees, Subcontractors of any tier and representatives,
variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, statutes,
Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the rules and regulations, federal and state, county and
Contract Sum or the Contract Time and are consistent with municipal, and particularly those relating to wages, hours,
the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These will be fair employment practices, non-discrimination, safety and
accomplished by a Minor Change in the Work instrument and working conditions.
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
9.9 Indemnification. Subject to the following conditions,
9.3.1 Prevailing Wages. Pursuant to RCW the Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the
39.12, no worker, laborer, or mechanic shall be paid less School District, any listed A/E, and their respective agents,
than the “prevailing rate of wage†in effect on the Bid Date. employees, consultants, successors and assigns (“Indemnified
Applicable prevailing wages for the county in which the Partiesâ€) from and against all claims, damages, losses and
Project is located and are available at expenses, direct and indirect, or consequential, including costs
http://www.lni.wa.gov/TradesLicensing/PrevWage/Wage and attorneys’ fees incurred on such claims and in proving
Rates/default.asp. A copy is available for viewing at the the right to indemnification, arising out of or resulting from
School District’s office, and a hard copy will be mailed any act or omission of the Contractor, its agents, any of its
upon request. To the extent that there is any discrepancy Subcontractors of any tier, and anyone directly or indirectly
between the attached or provided schedule of prevailing employed by the Contractor or Subcontractors of any tier
wage rates and the published rates as are applicable under (“Indemnitorâ€). The Contractor will fully indemnify the
WAC 296-127-011, or if no schedule is attached, then the Indemnified Parties for the sole negligence of the Indemnitor.
applicable published rates shall apply at no increase to the The Contractor will indemnify the Indemnified Parties for the
Contract Sum. concurrent negligence of the Indemnitor to the extent of the
Indemnitor’s negligence. The Contractor has no duty to
9.3.2 Hours of Labor. The Contractor shall indemnify the Indemnified Parties for the sole negligence of the
comply with all applicable provisions of RCW 49.28. Indemnified Parties. The Contractor agrees to being added by
the School District as a party to any arbitration or litigation
9.3.3 Workers’ Right to Know. The with third parties in which the School District alleges
Contractor shall comply with RCW 49.70 and WAC 296- indemnification or contribution from an Indemnitor. The
62-054 regarding workplace surveys and material safety Contractor agrees that all of its Subcontractors of any tier
data sheets for “hazardous†chemicals at the Site. will, in the subcontracts, similarly stipulate; in the event any
does not, the Contractor shall be liable in place of such
9.4 Workers. The Contractor shall enforce strict Subcontractor(s). PROVIDED FURTHER that the Contractor
discipline and good order among persons carrying out agrees to waive its immunity under the Washington State
the Work and shall not permit employment of unfit Industrial Act (Title 51 RCW) as to the Indemnified Parties
persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. A only. To the extent a court or arbitrator strikes any portion
person shall be unfit and removed from the Work who of this indemnification provision for any reason, all remaining
has been found guilty of any felony crime as specified provisions shall retain their vitality and effect.
in RCW 28A.400.330, generally regarding crimes against
children. 9.10 Records. The Contractor shall maintain and
preserve books, ledgers, records, estimates, correspondence,
9.5 Warranty. The Contractor warrants that materials logs, schedules, electronic data and other documents relating or
and equipment furnished under the Agreement will be of pertaining to the costs and/or performance of the Agreement
good quality and new, that the Work will be performed in a (“recordsâ€). Within seven days of the School District’s
skillful and workmanlike manner, free from defects not request, the Contractor shall make available at the Contractor’s
inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the office all records for inspection, audit and reproduction
Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract (including electronic reproduction) by the School District’s
Documents. representatives. These requirements apply to each
Subcontractor of any tier. The Contractor agrees, on behalf of
9.6 Submittals. The Contractor shall review, approve itself and Subcontractors of any tier, that the invocation of any
and submit to the School District with reasonable rights under RCW 42.56 shall initiate an equivalent right to
promptness Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and disclosures from the Contractor and Subcontractors of any tier
similar submittals required by the Contract Documents. The for the benefit of the School District.
Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals.
ARTICLE 10
CONSTRUCTION NOT BY THE CONTRACTOR
9.7 Progress Schedule. Within five days of execution
of this Agreement, the Contractor shall submit a schedule
10.1 The School District may perform construction or
of the Work to the School District.
operations related to the Project with its own forces and to
award separate contracts in connection with other portions
9.8 Clean-Up. The Contractor shall keep the premises
of the Project.
and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste
materials caused by operations under the Agreement.
10.2 The Contractor shall afford the School District and
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
separate contractors reasonable opportunity for the the site that are (1) concealed physical conditions that differ
introduction and storage of their materials and equipment materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or
and performance of their activities, and shall connect and (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that
coordinate the Contractor’s construction and operations as differ materially from those ordinarily found and generally
required by the Contract Documents. recognized as inherent in activities of the character provided
for in the Contract Documents, then the Contractor shall give
ARTICLE 11 written notice to the School District promptly before
CHANGES IN THE WORK conditions are disturbed and in no event later than seven
days after the first observance on the conditions. Any Claim
11.1 The School District, without invalidating the arising from such condition shall be made in accordance with
Agreement, may order changes in the Work consisting of the dispute resolution procedures of Article 19.
additions, deletions or modifications (“Changesâ€), and the
Contract Sum and Contract Time will be adjusted ARTICLE 12
accordingly. Changes in the Work, the Contract Sum and/or TIME
the Contract Time shall be authorized only in writing,
through a Change Order or a Construction Change 12.1 If, through no fault of the Contractor or a
Directive. Subcontractor of any tier, the Work is delayed by changes
ordered in the Work, unanticipated general labor disputes,
11.1.1 Change Orders. A Change Order is a fire, unforeseeable delay in deliveries, abnormal adverse
written instrument signed by the School District and the weather conditions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable
Contractor stating their agreement upon a change in the casualties or any other causes beyond the Contractor’s
Work, the amount of any adjustment in the Contract Sum, control, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change
and the extent of any adjustment in the Contract Time. Order to the extent the critical path is affected. The Contractor
is entitled to damages for delay only if the School District’s
11.1.2 Construction Change Directives. A actions or inactions were the actual, substantial cause of the
Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared delay and if the Contractor could not have reasonably avoided
and signed by the School District that directs a change in the the delay by the exercise of due diligence. The Contractor is
Work and states a proposed basis for any adjustment in the not entitled to an increase in the Contract Time or Contract
Contract Sum and/or Contract Time. It is used in the Sum if a delay was caused by the Contractor, a Subcontractor
absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. of any tier, or anyone acting on behalf of any of them.
The Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in
the Work described in the Construction Change Directive. 12.2 The timely completion of this Project is essential to
As soon as possible, and within seven days of receipt, the the School District. The School District will incur serious and
Contractor shall advise the School District in writing of the substantial damages if Substantial Completion of the Work
Contractor’s agreement or disagreement with the cost or the does not occur within the Contract Time; however, it may be
method, if any, provided in the Construction Change difficult if not impossible to determine the amount of such
Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the damages. Consequently, the Agreement may include
Contract Sum or Contract Time. provisions for liquidated damages, which are not affected
by partial completion, occupancy, or beneficial occupancy. If
11.2 If the parties cannot agree on the cost or credit this Agreement does not include liquidated damages, then the
to the School District from a Change in the Work, the School District may pursue its actual damages resulting from
Contractor shall keep and present an itemized accounting delay.
with supporting data. The total cost of any Change or Claim
shall be limited to the reasonable value of the direct labor ARTICLE 13
costs, material costs, construction equipment usage costs for
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
the actual time equipment appropriate for the Work is used
solely on the Change in the Work, the cost of any change
13.1 Payments. Payment shall be made as provided in
in insurance. Subcontractor costs, and a Fee for all
this Agreement. If progress payments are specified, they
combined overhead and profit, including impact costs of
will be made as specified in the Specifications Section,
any kind, limited to 15% of the cost for any materials or
Application for Payment, and, pursuant to RCW 60.28, the
work performed by a Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s own
School District will reserve five percent (5%) from the
forces, and 8% on amounts due to lower-tier Subcontractors
moneys the Contractor earns on estimates during the
progress of the Work, to be retained as a trust fund for the
11.3 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions.
protection and payment of the claims of any person arising
If conditions unknown to the Contractor are encountered at
under the Agreement and the state with respect to taxes
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
imposed pursuant to Title 82 RCW that may be due from Substantially Complete, nor does such occupation toll or
the Contractor. The moneys reserved may, at the option of change any liquidated damages due the School District.
the Contractor, be (1) retained in a fund by the School
District until forty-five days following Final Acceptance; or 13.4.2 Immediately before any occupancy, the
(2) deposited by the School District in an interest-bearing School District will schedule an inspection tour of the area to
account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan be occupied. Representatives of the School District and
association, not subject to withdrawal until forty-five days Contractor will jointly tour the area and record items still
following Final Acceptance, with interest to the Contractor; remaining to be finished or corrected. The Contractor shall
or (3) placed in escrow with a bank or trust company until supply and install any items missed by the inspection but
forty-five days following the Final Acceptance, by the required or necessary for Final Completion as a part of the
School District’s joint check to the bank or trust company Contract Sum.
and the Contractor, to be converted into bonds and securities
chosen by the Contractor, approved by the School District, 13.5 Final Payment. Pursuant to RCW 60.28,
and held in escrow, with interest on the bonds and securities completion of the contract Work shall occur and final
paid to the Contractor as it accrues. If moneys are retained payment shall become due after the Contractor has been
from the Contractor, it may retain payment of not more than notified that the Work has been concluded and submits the
five percent (5%) from the moneys earned by any items listed below to the School District, any required
Subcontractor, provided that the Contractor pays interest to occupancy permit has been issued and the School District’s
the Subcontractor at the same interest rate it receives from Board of Directors formally accepts the Project.
its reserved funds.
.1 An affidavit that all payrolls, Subcontractors, bills
13.2 Prevailing Wages. The Contractor shall comply for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected
with all applicable provisions of RCW 39.12, including but with the Work for which the School District might be
not limited to submission of approved “Statements of Intent responsible or encumbered, have been paid or otherwise
to Pay Prevailing Wage,†payment of all L&I fees, satisfied.
submission and posting of approved “Statements of Intent
to Pay Prevailing Wages†and payment of prevailing wages. .2 A certificate evidencing that insurance required by
the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment
13.3 Withheld Payment. Payment may be withheld on is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to
account of (1) defective Work not remedied, (2) claims filed expire until at least thirty days’ prior written notice has been
by third parties, (3) failure of the Contractor to make given to the School District.
payments properly for labor, materials or equipment, (4)
damage to the School District or another contractor, (5) .3 Other data establishing payment or satisfaction of or
reasonable evidence that the unpaid balance would not be protection (satisfactory to the School District) against all
adequate to cover delay damages for which the Contractor obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens
is responsible, (6) failure to carry out the Work in arising out of the Agreement, satisfactorily demonstrating to
accordance with the Contract Documents, or (7) liquidated the School District that the claims of Subcontractors and
damages. laborers who have filed claims have been paid.
13.4 Substantial Completion. .4 Pursuant to RCW 39.12.040, required “Affidavits of
Wages Paid.â€
13.4.1 When the Contractor believes that the
Work is Substantially Complete, it shall notify the School
.5 Pursuant to RCW 50.24, a certificate from the
District in writing. When the School District agrees, it will
Department of Employment Security. A certified statement
issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. Substantial
that the Contractor has closed all necessary permits or
Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when
otherwise met the requirements of all governing jurisdictions
the construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with
related to this Project.
the Contract Documents, so the School District can fully
utilize the Work (or a designated portion) for its intended
.6 All warranties, guarantees, certificates, spare parts,
use. All Work other than incidental corrective or punch list
specified excess material, and other documents or items
work and final cleaning shall have been completed. The
required by the Contract Documents.
Work is not Substantially Complete if all systems and parts
affected by the Work are not usable. The fact that the
.7 A legible hard copy of the as-built drawings.
School District may use or occupy the Work or designated
portion thereof does not indicate that the Work is
.8 Original permits and permit documents.
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
(“PCBâ€), unless identified as the Contractor’s responsibility in
If any Subcontractor of any tier refuses to furnish a release the Contract Documents.
or waiver required by the School District, the School
District may retain such amount as to defray the cost of ARTICLE 15
foreclosing the liens of such claims and to pay attorneys’ INSURANCE AND BONDS
fees, the total of which shall be no less than 150% of the
claimed amount. If any such lien remains unsatisfied after 15.1 Contractor’s Liability Insurance. The
all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Contractor shall purchase from and maintain during the life of
School District all moneys that the School District may be this Agreement, at its own cost in a company or companies
compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all admitted to do business in the State of Washington possessing
costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. a Best’s policyholder’s rating of A- or better and a financial
rating of no less than VII, and reasonably acceptable to the
13.6 Waivers. School District, an occurrence- based Commercial General
Liability Insurance Policy and such other insurance as will
13.6.1 Final Payment by School District. The provide protection from claims set forth below which may
making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims arise out of or result from Contractor’s operations under the
by the School District except those arising from (1) claims Contract Documents, whether to be performed or furnished by
or encumbrances arising out of the Agreement and Contractor, by any Subcontractor, by anyone directly or
unsettled; (2) failure of the Work to comply with the indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any
requirements of the Contract Documents; or (3) terms of of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be
warranties required by the Contract Documents or law. liable:
13.6.2 Final Payment to Contractor. Acceptance 15.1.1 Claims under workers’ or workmen’s
of final payment by the Contractor shall constitute a waiver compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee
of Claims except those previously made in writing and benefit acts, including Contingent Employers Liability (Stop
identified in writing as unsettled on the final Application for Gap);
Payment.
15.1.2 Claims for damages because of bodily
13.6.3 Change Orders. The execution of a injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of
Change Order shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Contractor’s employees;
Contractor arising out of the Work to be performed or
deleted pursuant to the Change Order, except as specifically 15.1.3 Claims for damages because of bodily
described in the Change Order. If the Contractor adds a injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
reservation of rights that has not been initialed by the Contractor’s employees;
School District, any amounts previously agreed to shall be
considered disputed and not payable. 15.1.4 Claims for damages insured by personal
injury liability coverage as defined under the ISO commercial
13.7 Warranty of Title. The Contractor warrants and general liability form CG 00 01;
guarantees that title to Work, materials and equipment
covered by payment, whether incorporated in the Project or 15.1.5 Claims for damages, other than to the Work
not, will pass to the School District no later than the time of itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property
payment, free and clear of liens. wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom;
ARTICLE 14 15.1.6 Claims arising out of operation of Laws or
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death
of any person or for damage to property. This coverage will
14.1 The Contractor shall have the right to control include claims by third parties, including School District for
and shall be solely responsible, and the School District shall bodily injury, sickness or disease, property damage and/or
not have responsibility, for all aspects of safety. The clean-up caused by the abatement of materials deemed to be
Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety on hazardous materials by State and Federal authorities. The
site, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent scope of insurance coverage shall encompass the abatement
damage, injury or loss. of lead paint and asbestos as well as any other hazardous
materials;
14.2 The Contractor shall not be required to perform
Work relating to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl 15.1.7 Claims for damages because of bodily
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
injury or death of any person or property damage arising out a deductible or self-insured retention of no
of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle, greater than $10,000.
including coverage for Owned Motor Vehicles, Non-Owned (d) In addition, the Contractor shall maintain an
Motor Vehicles and Hired or Borrowed Motor Vehicles. umbrella policy following form that provides
Coverage shall also cover the clean-up of pollutants caused excess limits over the primary layer, in an
by the up-set or over turn of vehicles carrying hazardous amount not less than $2,000,000.
materials; and
.3. $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury
liability including sickness, disease or death and
15.1.8 The School District and its employees,
property damage liability because of damage to or
officers, directors, agents and consultants shall be named as
destruction of property of others, including loss of use
additional insureds using form CG 20 10 11/85 or its
thereof arising out of the operation of automobiles.
equivalent on such policies (other than State Workers
Compensation) for Work performed under this Agreement
15.3 Property Insurance. The School District shall insure
and for claims arising out of or caused in whole or in part by
the property in the amount of its insurable replacement cost,
the Contractor’s negligent acts or omissions. The
including additions and alterations, against “all risks†of
Contractor’s policy shall be designated primary coverage
physical loss. The policies shall inure to the benefit of the
(non-contributory) for both defense and indemnity, and any
School District only. Upon the occurrence of an insured loss,
School District policies excess. The School District’s
the School District shall have the power to adjust and settle
specification or approval of this insurance or of its amount
any loss with the insurers. The Contractor shall bear the risk
shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor
of any loss, damage or destruction to its own property,
under the Contract Documents or otherwise. Policies shall
including material and equipment that will be incorporated in
contain a provision that the School District shall be given
the Work, unless the District has procured a Builders Risk
thirty days’ written notice by certified mail before
policy for the project. Any insurance provided by the School
cancellation of any insurance or reduction of the amount
District will not cover any such loss, damage or destruction,
thereof, or any alteration, modification or restriction
unless the School District procures builder’s risk.
thereto.
15.4 Waiver of Subrogation. The School District and the
15.1.9 The comprehensive general liability
Contractor waive all rights against each other and any of their
insurance required by this section must include claims
subcontractors of any tier, the A/E, their consultants, separate
involving blanket contractual liability insurance (included
contractors (if any), and any of their respective agents and
and defined in the Commercial General Liability Insurance
employees, for damages to the extent covered by the insurance
Policy) applicable to the Contractor’s obligations under
obtained pursuant to Article 15, except such rights as they have
Section 9.9.
to proceeds of such insurance held by the School District as
fiduciary. The School District does not waive any subrogation
15.2 Insurance Amounts. The insurance required by
rights to the extent of its property insurance on structures or
these General Conditions shall be written on an occurrence
portions of structures that do not comprise the Work. A waiver
basis, for not less than the following (or greater if required
of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even
by law):
.1 Worker’s Compensation though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of
(a) State: Statutory indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the
(b) Employer’s Liability: $1,000,000 insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not
(c) Washington Stop Gap the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property
damaged.
.2. Comprehensive General Liability (including
Premises-Operations; Independent Contractor’s 15.5 Payment and Performance Bond. If the Contractor
Protective; Blanket Contractual Liability; Products is required to secure a payment and performance bond (see
and Completed Operations; Broad-Form Property cover page), it shall be in the amount of the Contract Sum
Damage): plus sales tax and shall comply with RCW 39.08 in a form
(a) Bodily Injury; Property Damage; and with a surety approved by the School District.
Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000 each
Occurrence and $2,000,000 general aggregate
ARTICLE 16
(b) Products and Completed Operations of
CORRECTION OF WORK
$1,000,000 each Occurrence and $2,000,000
general aggregate to be maintained for three
16.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected
years after final payment.
or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract
(c) The coverages required above shall have
Documents at any time through a period of one year from the
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
date of Substantial Completion of the Agreement or by Completion of the Work within the Contract Time; the
terms of a longer manufacturer’s warranty or an applicable Contractor’s material disregard of laws, ordinances, rules,
special warranty required by the Contract Documents. regulations or orders of any public authority having
jurisdiction; the Contractor’s being adjudged bankrupt,
16.2 If the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in making a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents a receiver being appointed on account of the Contractor’s
or fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract insolvency; or the Contractor’s failure to comply with RCW
Documents, the School District, by a written order, may 28A.400.330 (generally, a worker having contact with
order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion children who has been found guilty of a felony crime
thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated. involving children).
16.3 Nothing in this Article shall establish a period
of limitation with respect to other obligations that the 18.3 Termination for Convenience by School District. The
Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. School District may, at any time upon ten days’ written
notice to the Contractor, terminate without prejudice the whole
ARTICLE 17 or any portion of the Work for the convenience of the School
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS District. The School District shall be liable to Contractor only
for (1) the amount due under this Agreement for the Work
17.1 Applicable Law and Venue. The Agreement properly performed prior to the termination and (2) other
shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington, pre-approved costs, consistent with Paragraph 11.2, necessary
without regard to its choice of law provisions. The and reasonably incurred in connection with the termination.
exclusive venue for any litigation regarding this Agreement
shall be in Superior Court in the county in which the Project 18.4 Effects of Termination.
is located.
18.4.1 The total sum to be paid to the Contractor
17.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with under this Article shall not exceed the Contract Sum as
applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of public reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made.
authorities, including but not limited to RCW 39.06 and
RCW 18.27 (Registration), RCW 49.60 (Discrimination), 18.4.2 Unless the School District directs
RCW 70.92 (Aged and Handicapped Persons), WAC 296- otherwise, after receipt of a Notice of Termination by the
155 (Safety Standards), RCW 50.24 (Unemployment School District, the Contractor shall: promptly stop Work as
Compensation), Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988 (Drug- specified in the Notice of Termination; place no further orders
Free Workplace), RCW 9.41.280 (Weapons), and RCW or subcontracts, except as necessary for completion of non-
49.26 (any asbestos removal). Smoking or use of any kind terminated Work; procure cancellation of all orders and
of lighted smoking equipment, material or smokeless subcontracts to the extent related to the performance of
tobacco products is prohibited on all School District terminated Work; assign to the School District all of its
property. right, title and interest under all orders and subcontracts;
with the School District’s approval, settle outstanding
ARTICLE 18 liabilities and claims arising out of the termination of orders
TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT and subcontracts not assigned to the School District; transfer
title and deliver to the entity or entities designated by the
18.1 Termination for Cause by Contractor. If the School District the fabricated or un-fabricated parts, Work in
School District fails to make payment for a period of sixty process or completed, partially completed supplies and
days through no fault of the Contractor, the Contractor equipment, materials, tools, dies, jigs and other fixtures,
may, upon seven additional days’ written notice, supplies and other material produced as part of, or acquired in
terminate the Agreement and recover from the School connection with the performance of, the Work terminated,
District payment for all Work executed, in accordance with and the completed or partially completed plans, drawings,
the Agreement. information and other property related to the Work; take such
action as may be necessary or directed by the School District
18.2 Termination for Cause by School District. The to preserve and protect the Work and property related to this
School District may, upon seven days’ written notice to Project in the possession of the Contractor in which the School
the Contractor, terminate without prejudice the whole or any District has an interest; and continue performance only to the
portion of the Work for cause, including but not limited extent not terminated.
to the Contractor’s material breach of this Agreement; the
Contractor’s failure to prosecute the Work or any portion 18.4.3 The damages and relief from termination
thereof with sufficient diligence to ensure the Substantial under this Paragraph 18.4 shall be the Contractor’s sole
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
entitlement in the event of termination.
ARTICLE 19
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
19.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question
of the Contractor arising out of, or relating to, the Contract
Documents or the breach thereof (“Claimsâ€) shall be
decided exclusively by the following dispute resolution
procedure. The Contractor shall diligently carry on the Work
and maintain the progress schedule during the dispute
resolution procedure, unless the parties mutually agree in
writing otherwise.
19.2 Notice of Claim. The Contractor shall submit
notice of all Claims to the School District in writing within
seven days of the event giving rise to them.
19.3 Claim Submission. Within fourteen days of the
event giving rise to the Claim, the Contractor shall provide
the School District with a written Claim that includes a
clear description of the Claim, all changes sought in cost
and in time, and data supporting the Claim. Failure to timely
file either the Notice of Claim to the Claim itself shall
constitute a waiver of the Contractor’s right to pursue the
Claim.
19.4 Mediation. The Contractor may bring no Claim
against the School District unless the Claim is first subject
to mediation under the Construction Mediation Rules of the
American Arbitration Association (“AAAâ€). To initiate the
mediation process, the Contractor shall submit a written
mediation request to the School District. If the parties are
unable to agree upon a mediator within thirty days after the
School District’s receipt of the written request for
mediation, either party may submit a request for mediation
to the AAA. Other parties in interest, such as
Subcontractors, shall also attend the mediation session. All
unresolved Claims in the Project shall be considered at
a single mediation session that shall occur prior to Final
Acceptance by the School District.
19.5 Litigation. The Contractor may not bring
litigation on a Claim unless the Claim has been properly
addressed in the above dispute resolution procedure.
Litigation by the Contractor must be filed within 120 days
after the Date of Substantial Completion. The pendency
of mediation shall toll these filing requirements.
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 10 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 SUMMARY OF WORK
McGranahanPBK
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 PROJECT
A. Project Name: Haller Middle School Bleacher Site Prep
B. Project Location: 600 E 1st St., Arlington, WA. 98223-4660.
C. Owner: Arlington School District No. 16. (also known as Arlington Public Schools)
D. Architect: McGranahanPBK, 2111 Pacific Avenue, Suite 100, Tacoma Washington 98402.
1. Architect contact: Connor Lilley. Address: 2111 Pacific Avenue, Suite 100, Tacoma, WA, 98402;
2. Email: Connor.Lilley@mcgranahan.com; Phone: (253) 383-3084.
E. Work Summary: The project consists of construction of a concrete slab and sidewalk, fine grading, and seeding
of previously disturbed areas.
F. The Haller Middle School will be occupied during this work. The area of the site immediately adjacent to the
Work will not be in use during work hours, prior to September 3, 2025.
1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION
A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Guaranteed Construction Cost.
1. Agreement Between Arlington School District N and Contractor, as modified.
2. General Conditions Between Arlington School District and Contractor, as modified.
1.03 PERMITS
A. The Owner will pay for the Building Permit from the City of Arlington. The Contractor may be required by the
City to physically present documents and pick up this permit. Any costs associated with picking up the permits
from City of Arlington shall be included in the Contractor’s bid.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing and paying for any required permits related to providing
temporary facilities necessary for the execution of the work. Costs for such permits shall be included in the
Contractor’s bid.
C. It is not anticipated that any other permits will be required for this project. However, if additional permits are
required by the authorities having jurisdiction the Owner will either secure those permits directly or direct the
Contractor to secure those permits. If the Owner directs the contractor to secure the permits the owner will
reimburse the Contractor for all permit costs. This is a reimbursement and no markup will be allowed beyond
the cost of the permit.
D. General business or other license fees etc. associated with Contractor’s general office operation or for the
temporary installment of trailers, etc., shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
E. Prior to final acceptance, the approved, signed permits shall be delivered to the owner.
1.04 OWNERS ACCESS TO THE SITE
A. Owner intends to continue to partially occupy existing buildings and areas of the site adjacent to the limits of
work during the entire construction period.
1. Contractor shall organize the site and Work in such a manner as to maintain access to and egress from
existing buildings.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 10 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 SUMMARY OF WORK
McGranahanPBK
2. The Contractor will coordinate any activities that will limit access to the existing buildings with the
Owner, in advance, including providing at least 2 weeks prior notice.
1.05 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF THE SITE
A. The contractor may use the areas of the site shown on the Drawings.
1. Contractor shall be responsible to determine the best use of the areas available and sequence the execution
of the Work, including deliveries and storage of materials accordingly.
2. If the Contractor determines that the allowable areas on the site do not provide adequate space for parking
for workers at any stage of the project the Contractor will be responsible to provide adequate parking at an
offsite location and transport for workers to and from that parking. All costs for offsite parking will be
included in the Contractor’s bid.
3. At no time are construction personnel from the Contractor or any Subcontractor or supplier from any tier
allowed to park in the adjacent residential neighborhoods.
4. See section 01 14 00 Work Restrictions for additional requirements.
1.06 SCHEDULE AND PHASING
A. Coordinate construction schedule and operations to comply with the following dates:
1. Anticipated Notice to Proceed: August 1, 2025
2. Anticipated Date of Commencement of on-site work: Immediately following Notice to Proceed.
3. Substantial Completion for the project: 30 calendar days from Notice to Proceed.
4. Final Completion shall be no later than 30 calendar days following the date of Substantial Completion.
1.07 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
A. Per the Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Liquidated Damages shall be as follows:
1. $500.00 per day for delay in achieving Substantial Completion.
2. $500 per day for every day that Final Completion is delayed beyond 30 calendar days.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 10 50, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PROJECT MEETINGS
McGranahanPBK
PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Pre-Construction Meeting will be held upon issuance of a permit.
B. Meeting Location: To be determined. This meeting is to review contract administration requirements and
mobilization procedure.
C. Attendance is required of the following:
1. Owner’s Representative(s);
2. Contractor's Superintendent, Project Engineer and Project Manager;
3. Architect and Architect’s consultants; and
4. Others, as appropriate.
D. Architect will:
1. Preside, conduct meeting, and publish agenda.
2. Record, reproduce, and distribute copies of minutes within two business days of meeting to all meeting
participants.
E. Agenda: Discussion will pertain to detailed information, such as:
1. Communications chain and persons authorized to direct changes;
2. The Work;
3. Work sequence, phasing, and occupancy;
4. Contractor use of premises;
5. Special project procedures;
6. Review Architect’s Electronic Project Management Service project management site;
7. Procedures and processing:
a. Application for payments,
b. Change Orders, (CO),
c. Requests for Information (RFI),
d. Field decisions,
e. Submittals,
f. Others as appropriate.
8. Project Record documents;
9. Construction facilities, controls, and construction aids;
10. Temporary utilities;
11. Security procedures;
12. Safety and first-aid procedures;
13. Housekeeping procedures;
14. Utility shutdowns;
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 10 50, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PROJECT MEETINGS
McGranahanPBK
15. Parking; and
16. Others, as appropriate.
F. Contractor shall conduct a like meeting covering the same body of information with each and every
Subcontractor prior to the performance of any work on site by that Subcontractor. Contractor shall preside over,
conduct, record these minutes, and distribute. Owner, Owner’s Representative, and/or Architect may, at their
option, attend the Contractor meetings. Irrespective of Owner, Owner’s Representative, and/or Architect’s
attendance at the Contractor meetings, Contractor shall distribute meeting minutes to Owner’s Representative
and Architect.
1.02 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Progress meetings will occur weekly.
B. Meeting Locations: Contractor's project field office, unless otherwise agreed.
C. Attendance is required of the following:
1. Owner’s Representative(s);
2. Contractor's Superintendent and Project Manager;
3. Architect;
4. Others, as requested.
D. Architect will:
1. Preside, conduct meeting, and publish agenda in advance.
2. Record, reproduce, and distribute copies of minutes within two business days of meeting to all meeting
participants.
E. Agenda: Discussion will pertain to detailed information, such as:
1. Contract Status:
a. Change Orders,
b. CCDs,
c. Pay Applications,
2. Hot Issues:
a. Limited to matters needing immediate attention requiring input for all attendees.
3. Schedule:
a. Master Schedule.
b. Short Interval Schedule.
c. Recovery Schedule.
4. Quality Control:
a. Testing agencies.
b. School District Maintenance Inspections or 3rd party Inspections.
c. City Inspections.
d. Daily Contractor Reports.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 10 50, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PROJECT MEETINGS
McGranahanPBK
e. Safety Issues.
f. Architect and Consultant observation reports.
5. Supplemental Information:
a. Change Order Proposals.
b. Submittals.
6. Requests for Information:
a. Review status and logs.
7. New Business and Follow up Issues:
a. Issues Outstanding.
b. Contractor’s claims.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 14 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 WORK RESTRICTIONS
McGranahanPBK
WORK RESTRICTIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Restrictions on the Contractor’s and subcontractor’s use of site and premises
B. Owner’s occupancy and access requirements
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work.
B. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements.
C. Section 01 32 16 - Construction Progress Schedule.
D. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls.
1.03 RESTRICTIONS ON CONTRACTOR’S AND SUBCONTRACTORS’ USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Parking Restrictions
1. Parking on site by Contractor and subcontractors is restricted to “Construction Staging†areas identified on
the Contract Documents.
2. If the Contractor determines that the on-site area is not sufficient to allow adequate parking for all workers
at any stage of the project the Contractor shall be responsible to secure adequate parking at an off-site
location and provide transport for workers between that site and the project site. All costs associated with
any required off-site parking shall be included in the Contractor’s bid.
3. Contractor’s and Subcontractors’ personnel can use onsite parking areas when school is not in session.
They cannot park in adjacent properties or neighborhoods unless they have secured written permission
from the adjacent property owners to use their property.
B. Contractor shall maintain existing fire lanes and emergency vehicle access at all times. Any interruptions or
temporary shutdown of emergency vehicle access must be approved by the City of Arlington ahead of time.
C. Contractor and subcontractor shall determine, observe and comply with daily hours for construction activity per
the City of Arlington requirements.
1.04 OWNER’S OCCUPANCY OF BUILDING
A. Owner intends to continue to occupy existing buildings and areas of the site adjacent to the limits of work during
the entire construction period. The primary construction scope of work will occur during the summer when
school is not in session, but the school will be occupied by staff throughout construction period.
B. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner’s operations.
C. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy. This includes avoiding deliveries at the start and end of
the school day.
D. Cooperate with Owner to accommodate vehicle access to site, including some construction access roads, to
minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner’s operations.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 14 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 WORK RESTRICTIONS
McGranahanPBK
E. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all existing building exits in a safe, unobstructed manner for the
duration of construction.
1. Contractor shall provide all necessary traffic control devices, fencing, gates, pedestrian shelters or covers,
temporary walls and enclosure, and all other measures necessary to ensure all exit paths are maintained.
2. Any work that requires closing or obstructing an existing exit must be completed outside of normal
occupancy hours for the school and must be scheduled with the Owner at least 2 weeks in advance.
1.05 CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Construction Operations: During the construction period the Contractor and subcontractor shall have use of all
areas of the premises in which construction activities are indicated. Coordinate ingress and egress to the site and
workday activities with the Owner.
B. Use of the Site: Confine operations at the site to the areas permitted under the Contract. Portions of the site
beyond areas on which work is indicated are not to be disturbed. Conform to site rules and regulations affecting
the work while engaged in project construction.
1. Keep existing driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the Owner and the
public at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Do not park or store
materials on protected lawn and tree areas.
2. Do not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. Confine stockpiling of materials and
location of storage sheds to the areas indicated. If additional storage is necessary obtain and pay for such
storage off site.
3. Lock vehicles, including cars, trucks and other motorized construction equipment, when parked and
unattended, so as to prevent unauthorized use. Do not leave vehicles or equipment unattended with the
motor running or the ignition key in place.
4. Contractor to assure that all equipment is in good working condition and does not create excessive fumes
or noise.
5. Contractor shall provide flaggers for all construction vehicle traffic between the staging area and
construction area.
C. Cooperate fully with the District and their representative during construction operations to minimize conflicts.
D. Contractor and subcontractor shall limit his use of the premises to work and limited storage.
E. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all code-required exits and routes accessible during
construction period.
F. Existing building spaces may not be used for storage, unless otherwise permitted by Owner.
G. Utility Outages and Shutdown:
1. Limit disruption of utility services to hours the existing buildings are unoccupied.
2. Limit shutdown of utility services to 2 hours at a time.
3. Arrange at least 72 hours in advance with Owner.
H. Coordinate deliveries with Owner’s use of premises so as to minimize conflicts.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 14 00, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 WORK RESTRICTIONS
McGranahanPBK
I. If for any reason the work extends beyond the summer months, Contractor’s and subcontractor access to and use
of site will be further limited at the beginning and end of the school day as students arrive and depart from the
site. Contractor to coordinate construction activities to accommodate these high traffic periods.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 20 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
McGranahanPBK
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments.
B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time.
C. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. See General Conditions: Additional requirements for progress payments, final payment, changes in the Work.
1.03 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS
A. The following documents are incorporated as part of the contract documents as if bound herein:
1. “Application and Certificate for Payment,†AIA Document G702.
2. “Continuation Sheet,†AIA Document G703.
3. “Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment,†AIA Document G707.
4. “Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens,†AIA Document G706A.
5. “Contractor’s Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims,†AIA Document G706.
B. Payment procedures shall comply with requirements of the above incorporated forms and shall be per
Conditions of the Contract. Invoice formats shall be as approved by the Owner.
1.04 PROCEDURES
A. Submit itemized payment request as required in General Conditions together with Schedule of Values and other
submittals as listed herein.
B. Except as otherwise indicated, sequence of progress payments is to be regular, and each must be consistent with
previous applications and payments. It is recognized that certain applications involve extra requirements,
including initial application and application at times of Substantial Completion and Final Payment.
C. The General Contractor certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, the work covered by
each Application for Payment has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all amounts
have been paid by him for work for which previous Applications for Payment were issued and that all
computations, attachments, invoices and representations are truthful and accurate.
D. Except as otherwise indicated, complete every entry provided for on the various forms, including notarization
and execution by authorized persons. Incomplete applications will be returned by Architect without action.
E. Entries must match current date of schedule of values and progress schedule.
1.05 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Form to be used: G703 - Application and Certificate for Payment Continuation Sheet.
B. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified;
submit draft to Architect for approval.
C. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted.
D. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of
the specification section. Identify site mobilization.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 20 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
McGranahanPBK
1. Identify each line item with number and title of respective major Specification Section and its
corresponding Construction Schedule category.
2. Include in each item a directly proportional amount of General Contractor's overhead and profit.
3. For any line item of installed value exceeding $10,000, show breakdown by major products or operations.
4. List separate line item at end of Schedule of Values equal to 2% of each portion of the contract for project
closeout as defined in Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures.
5. Round-off figures to nearest dollar amount.
6. Make sum of total scheduled costs equal to Contract Sum.
7. Coordinate Schedule of Values submittal with Construction Progress Schedule submittal.
8. See General Conditions for other schedule of values requirements.
E. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment.
1.06 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
A. Form to be used: AIA G702 and G703.
B. For each item, provide a column for listing each of the following:
1. Item Number.
2. Description of work.
3. Scheduled Values.
4. Previous Applications.
5. Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application.
6. Authorized Change Orders.
7. Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application.
8. Percentage of Completion.
9. Balance to Finish.
10. Retainage.
C. The following additional items must be submitted and approved prior to the approval of the initial application
for payment.
1. Statements of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages on Public Works Contract from General Contractor and
Subcontractors.
2. Schedule of Values: Schedule shall be used as the basis for General Contractor’s and subcontractors
Application for Payment.
3. List of subcontractors and major material suppliers.
4. Schedule of Unit Prices, as applicable.
5. Schedule of Submittals (preliminary if not final). Final must be submitted and approved prior to second
payment application.
6. Listing of General Contractor’s staff assignments: Superintendent and Project Manager and emergency
contact numbers.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 20 00, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
McGranahanPBK
7. Copies of acquired building permits and similar authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for
current performance of the work.
8. Initial progress report
9. Performance and Payment Bonds.
10. Certificate of Insurance.
11. Preliminary Construction Progress Schedule. A final Construction Progress Schedule must be submitted
and approved prior to second payment application.
D. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer.
E. Submit three copies.
1.07 APPLICATIONS EACH MONTH DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement.
B. Submit three (3) copies of itemized application, each with General Contractor’s notarized affidavit.
C. General Contractor shall review draft of application with Architect at progress meeting one week prior to
submittal.
D. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data in a timely manner justifying dollar amounts in
question.
1.08 APPLICATION AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures and Conditions of the Contract for principal
administrative actions and submittals which must precede such special applications.
1.09 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT
A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract
Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due.
B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished:
1. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures and Conditions of the Contract for principal
administrative actions and submittals which must precede Application for Final Payment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
McGranahanPBK
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Electronic document submittal service.
B. Change Procedures.
C. Submittal procedures including:
1. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout.
2. Number of copies of submittals.
3. General submittal procedures.
D. Notice of Non-Compliance Procedures
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. See General Conditions: Dates for applications for payment.
B. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work.
C. Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures: Project record documents; operation and maintenance
data; warranties and bonds.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review:
1. Product data.
2. Shop drawings.
3. Samples for selection.
4. Samples for verification.
B. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for compliance with information given and
the design concept expressed in Contract Documents.
C. Samples will be reviewed for aesthetic, color, or finish selection.
D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and
for record documents purposes described in Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures.
3.02 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information:
1. Design data.
2. Certificates.
3. Test reports.
4. Inspection reports.
5. Manufacturer's instructions.
6. Manufacturer's field reports.
7. Other types indicated.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
McGranahanPBK
B. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner.
3.03 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A. Submit Initial Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion.
B. Submit Final Correction Punch List for Final Completion.
C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout in compliance with
requirements of Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures:
1. Project record documents.
2. Operation and maintenance data.
3. Warranties.
4. Bonds.
5. Closeout documents specified for commissioning.
6. Other types as indicated.
D. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion.
3.04 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS
A. Electronic Documents: Submit one electronic copy in PDF format; an electronically-marked up file will be
returned. Create PDFs at native size and right-side up; illegible files will be rejected.
1. Submit hard copies, when requested by the Architect or when required in individual specification sections.
a. Large Size Sheets, Not Larger than 36 x 48 inches:
b. Submit electronic file copy via the electronic service for each submittal in conjunction with
submitting paper copies.
1) Submit PDF format copy.
B. Documents for Information:
1. Submit pdf format copy.
C. Record Documents for Project Closeout:
1. Submit one electronic copy of all reviewed submittals.
a. Files shall be indexed by Submittal Number.
3.05 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General Requirements:
B. Shop Drawing Procedures:
1. Prepare accurate, drawn-to-scale, original shop drawing documentation by interpreting the Contract
Documents and coordinating related Work.
2. Generic, non-project specific information submitted as shop drawings do not meet the requirements for
shop drawings.
C. Transmit electronic file version submittal via Architect's electronic service.
D. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification
section number, as appropriate on each copy.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 00, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
McGranahanPBK
E. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required,
field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the
requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. Submittals that have not been reviewed and stamped by the
Contractor will not be accepted.
F. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items.
G. For each submittal for review, allow 21 days for review excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor.
Reviews involving multiple partied may take an additional 14 days.
H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to
successful performance of the completed Work.
I. Provide space for Contractor, Engineer and Architect review stamps.
J. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission.
K. Distribute reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with
requirements.
L. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.
3.06 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, the Architect will review each submittal, mark
to indicate action taken, and return.
B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-explanatory action stamp. The
stamp will be appropriately marked, to indicate action taken.
1. “No Exceptions Notedâ€: After review, the Architect noted no deviation from the design intent expressed
in the contract documents. The submitted product or system can be provided as proposed.
2. “Provide as Notedâ€: During review the Architect noted deviations from the design intent expressed in the
contract documents. Changes or correction to eliminate those deviations have been noted on the returned
submittal. Contractor is to provide the submitted product or system with noted corrections
incorporated. No additional submittal is required.
3. “Revise as Noted and Resubmitâ€: During review the Architect noted deviations from the design intent
expressed in the contract documents. Changes or correction to eliminate those deviations have been noted
on the returned submittal. Contractor shall make corrections to submittal as noted and resubmit for
additional review by Architect.
4. “Rejectedâ€: Either submitted product or systems does not meet requirements of contract documents
and Contractor shall submit alternate product or system which does meet the requirements of the contract
documents or, the submittal is not sufficiently complete or does not sufficiently address the requirements
of the contract documents to allow review.
5. Do not permit submittals marked "Revise as Noted and Resubmit†or "Rejected" to be used at the Project
site, or elsewhere where Work is in progress.
C. Architect will return submittal by Electronic Project Management Service.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 00, Page 4
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
McGranahanPBK
3.07 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
A. General:
1. Changes to and / or clarifications of the work may be made by response to a Request For Information,
Supplemental Instructions, Construction Change Directive, Proposal Request, and Change Orders.
2. A monetary change to the Contract Sum or a change to the Contract Time can only be implemented by a
Change Order.
B. Request For Information (RFI):
1. Procedure:
a. Form is automatically generated by Electronic Project Management Service.
b. Prepared by Contractor.
c. Transmitted to Architect via Electronic Project Management Service.
d. Response by Architect.
1) Allow a minimum of 7 days for review by Architect and consultants for each RFI, from time of
receipt at Architect’s office. Complex RFI’s or several RFI’s in a short time frame will require
additional review time.
e. Acceptance by Owner.
f. Transmitted by Architect to Contractor by Electronic Project Management Service.
g. Contractor must either:
1) Proceed upon receipt of response if no Cost/Time impact; or
2) Submit a notice of cost and/or time impact within 5 days of the date that a response was first
issued to the contractor.
3) By proceeding without submitting a statement of impact the Contractor agrees that there is no
impact on the Contract Cost or Time.
h. RFIs and responses shall be numbered consecutively by the contractor and submitted electronically.
i. RFIs must reference a Drawing number or Specification section. RFIs shall be restricted to technical
questions related to the Contract Documents. RFIs submitted by the Contractor that, in the opinion of
the Architect, do not meet this criteria will be returned to the Contractor marked “Void†and will be
logged as voided RFIs.
j. RFIs must include a suggested solution from the Contractor.
k. Responses shall be marked on record drawings and specifications.
l. Construction photos shall be attached to the RFI as required to clarify the question being asked.
C. Architect's Supplemental Instruction (ASI):
1. Procedure:
a. Prepared by Architect.
b. Approved by Owner.
c. Transmitted to Contractor via Electronic Project Management Services.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 00, Page 5
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
McGranahanPBK
d. Contractor must either:
1) Proceed upon receipt of response if no Cost/Time impact; or
2) Submit a notice of Cost/Time impact within 5 days of response date.
3) By proceeding without submitting a statement of impact the Contractor agrees that there is no
impact on the Contract Cost or Time.
e. ASI’s shall be numbered consecutively and submitted electronically.
D. Construction Change Directive (CCD):
1. Issued in response to:
a. An RFI or ASI with unresolved Cost or Time impacts.
b. Absence of agreement on Change Order terms.
2. Directive is issued to expedite the work and avoid delays.
3. Procedure:
a. Form provided by Architect.
b. Prepared by Architect.
c. Signed by Architect and Owner.
d. Contractor must proceed immediately.
e. Method of adjustment of Contract Sum shall be determined per General and Supplementary
Conditions
f. Contractor must provide cost data and submit substantiation within 14 days of completing the work
g. CO is prepared.
E. Proposal Request (PR):
1. Procedure:
a. Prepare by Architect.
b. Must be on form provided by Architect utilizing only mark-ups permitted per General Conditions.
c. Transferred to Contractor via electronic service.
d. Contractor must provide cost data and submit substantiation within 14 days.
e. Each subcontractor or sub-subcontractors of lower tier must submit their cost data utilizing only
mark-ups indicated in the General Conditions. Attach additional breakdown and back up information
on their own format.
f. Architect makes recommendation.
g. Owner accepts or rejects:
1) Owner issues Construction Change Directive (CCD) or Change Order (CO), or,
2) Owner requests additional cost data, and/or,
3) Owner rejects the proposal.
h. PR’s will be numbered consecutively. Reissue PR’s shall be given decimal extensions.
i. Changes shall be marked on record drawings and specifications.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 00, Page 6
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
McGranahanPBK
F. Change Order (CO)
1. Procedure:
a. Prepared by Architect,
b. May include several PR’s or CCD's.
c. Shall be signed by Contractor as soon as practicable.
d. Change Orders shall be numbered consecutively.
e. Changes shall be marked on record drawings and specifications.
G. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents and who will be responsible for
informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work.
H. Architect will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract
Time as authorized by the Conditions of the Contract by issuing supplemental instructions on Architect's
Supplemental Instructions (ASI) form.
I. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation.
1. On request, provide following data:
a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment.
b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds.
c. Overhead and profit.
d. Justification for any change in Contract Time.
e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented.
2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information:
a. Origin and date of claim.
b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom.
c. Time records and wage rates paid.
d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented.
3. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,
within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract.
J. Execution of Change Orders: Architect/Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided
in the Conditions of the Contract on Architect’s change order form.
K. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to
record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum.
L. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times
for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit.
M. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.
3.08 NOTICE OF NON-COMPLIANCE (NNC)
A. A Notice of Non-Compliance (NNC) will be issued by the Architect in response to observation of work that is
not in compliance with contract documents.
B. Contractor shall correct deficiency promptly upon receipt of notice.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 00, Page 7
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
McGranahanPBK
C. Notice will be considered closed following Architect's verification that remedial work is in compliance with
contract documents.
D. In no case shall subsequent work be attached to, built on or built over the deficient work, until such time that
correction of the deficient work has been verified. Contractor shall be responsible for removal of any
subsequent work as necessary to allow Architect to confirm corrections, including cost related to removal and
replacement.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 50, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
McGranahanPBK
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including,
but not limited to, the following:
1. Measurements, lines and levels.
2. General coordination.
3. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
B. The General Contractor and each subcontractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of
responsibility will be assigned to a specific subcontractor.
C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Section 01 32 16 - Construction Progress Schedule for preparing and submitting the General Contractor's
and subcontractors Construction Schedule.
2. Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures for coordinating Contract closeout.
1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 1
Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.03 MEASUREMENTS, LINES AND LEVELS
A. The Contractor shall lay out its work as required and shall be responsible for the correctness of all
measurements. The Contractor shall exercise proper care to verify all figures before layout of its work, and it
will be held responsible for any errors, omissions, discrepancies, conflicts or ambiguities therein that might
otherwise have been avoided. The Contractor shall promptly inform the Architect, in writing, of any errors,
omissions, discrepancies, conflicts or ambiguities in the contract documents in order that corrections or
clarifications may be made by the Architect before proceeding with the Work. Failure to do so will be at the risk
of the Contractor in proceeding. The Contractor shall submit one (1) copy of its survey notes to the Architect for
record purposes. Attach (1) copy to as-built drawings submittal. Submission of the survey notes does not
relieve the Contractor of its duty to identify discrepancies.
B. Before ordering any material or doing any work, verify all measurements at the site. No extra compensation will
be allowed because of differences between actual measurements and dimensions shown. If differences are
found, Contractor shall notify Architect before beginning work or ordering materials.
1.04 COORDINATION
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the Specifications to ensure
efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in
different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one
part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 50, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
McGranahanPBK
B. Contractor shall coordinate its activities and those of its Subcontractors with activities of contractors engaged by
the Owner concurrent with the Work.
C. If necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required
for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate subcontractors if coordination of their Work is
required.
D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other
construction activities and activities of other subcontractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of
the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of General Contractor's and subcontractors Construction Schedule.
2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Pre-installation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
E. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration
given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.
1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Staff Names: Within fifteen (15) days of starting construction operations, submit a list of principal staff
assignments by Contractor and major subcontractors, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance
at project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers,
including cell phone and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.
1.06 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL
A. General: In addition to Project manager, project superintendent and project engineer, provide other
administrative and supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work.
1. Include special personnel required for coordination of operations with other contractors.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISION
A. The General Contractor and subcontractor shall inspect each item of materials or equipment immediately prior
to installation, and reject damaged and defective items.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 50, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
McGranahanPBK
B. Construction Site Maintenance:
1. The General Contractor and subcontractors shall maintain Site in a neat and orderly manner in accordance
with the General Conditions of this Contract and with the requirements indicated in other specification
sections.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting the temporary structures and construction enclosure
(fence) in good repair. They shall comply with security requirements to prevent the presence of
unauthorized persons on the site, and to keep gates secured when not in actual use to insure property
security.
C. Noise control:
1. Comply with all applicable state and local laws, ordinances, and regulations relative to noise control.
2. All construction machinery, tools and appliances shall be equipped with best commercially available noise
abatement devices so as to operate at minimum reasonably attainable noise levels, and if not so equipped
will not be permitted on site.
3. A noise level of 85 db will be considered excessive.
4. The General Contractor shall give the Architect and Owner a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours’ notice
prior to commencing any activity or operation of machinery from which the noise may be disturbing to
occupants of nearby buildings. Any consequences resulting from failure to give such notice shall be the
sole responsibility of the Contractor. The General Contractor shall comply with any directives the
Architect or Owner may issue for the purpose of excluding or mitigating any annoyance or disruption due
to noise to occupants of the buildings, or the public in general, by the operations under this contract.
5. If the noise level from any equipment, operation, or construction activity is excessive as defined in
Paragraph 3 above and that equipment or activity is directed to be shut down, suspended and/or
rescheduled, the entire cost of such shutdown suspension and/or rescheduling is the Contractor's sole
responsibility.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 32 16, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
McGranahanPBK
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Preliminary schedule.
B. The construction work under this contract shall be planned, scheduled, executed and reported using the Critical
Path Method (hereinafter referred to as CPM), per requirements of the Conditions of the Contract.
C. A short interval schedule, showing two weeks of actual progress and forecasting four weeks, shall be prepared
and updated weekly for use at each progress meeting.
D. The Contractor is required to comply with all schedule control procedures specified herein and with any
reasonable changes that may be necessary, in the opinion of the Architect or Owner’s representative, during the
Contract duration.
E. The Contractor shall also comply with schedule provisions as stated in the General Conditions.
F. Any and all milestone or specific dates listed in these specifications, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents,
represent only the major items of construction/erection work or interface dates. The milestone completion dates
indicated are considered essential to the satisfactory performance of this contract and to the coordination of all
work on the project.
1. The specific dates listed represent the latest allowable completion dates. Earlier completion dates may be
established as agreed by the Contractor, the Construction Program Manager, the Architect, and the Owner.
2. If the Contractor should establish a milestone or completion date earlier than any required milestone or
completion date, the Owner or the Owner’s Representative shall not be liable to the Contractor for any
costs or other damages should the Contractor fail to complete the work prior to such earlier dates.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work: Work restrictions and facility occupancy dates.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Within 7 days after date of Agreement, submit preliminary schedule to the Architect and Owner’s
Representative for review and comment, a CPM schedule for his construction work scope.
1. The form of submittal of the contract scheduling document, including logic diagrams, shall consist of a
Gantt style diagram.
2. The Contractor shall submit two (2) hard and color copies of the schedule 36" wide by length as required.
3. The Contractor shall also submit one copy of the schedule in electronic format. If the electronic format
used cannot be read and fully operated by Microsoft Project the Contractor shall provide two copies of
software to read and operate the alternative format, including licenses.
4. To protect the Owner from over payment, not less than 10% of the progress payments may be withhold
until the Contractor submits a Construction Schedule that satisfies all of the requirements of this Contract
and in a form that is satisfactory to the Architect and Owner.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 32 16, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
McGranahanPBK
5. The CPM Schedule shall include the following:
a. Notice to Proceed.
b. On site start of work.
c. Identification of and conformance with the dates specified in the Contract Documents.
d. The time required for engineering, preparation and review of shop drawings and other required
submittals, manufacturing and delivery of Contractor-furnished long lead items.
e. Identification of a critical path (or paths).
f. Time for punch lists and corrections.
g. Time for closeout.
6. If abbreviations are used, the schedule shall include a legend to define all abbreviations.
7. The CPM Schedule shall indicate a late completion date for the project that is not later than the project’s
required completion date. All activity duration shall be given in calendar days. The CPM Schedule shall
also indicate each of the following:
a. Interfaces with the work of outside contractor, e.g., utilities, power, and with any separate contractor
employed by the Owner.
b. A description of the activity.
c. Estimated duration time for each activity.
d. Early start date for each activity.
e. Late start date for each activity.
f. Actual start date for each activity begun.
g. Actual finish date for each activity completed.
8. The Critical Path for the project shall be clearly and easily recognizable on the time-scaled CPM Schedule
Diagram. The relationship between all non-critical activities and activities on the Critical Path also shall
be clearly shown on the CPM Schedule Diagram.
9. It is to be expressly understood and agreed by the Contractor that the schedule is an estimate to be revised
from time-to-time as progress is made, but no less than monthly and that the Owner does not guarantee
that Contractor can start work activities on the “early or late start†dates or complete work activities on the
“early or late finish†dates shown in the Schedule. If the Contractor’s schedule indicates that Owner or a
separate contractor is to perform an activity by a specific date, or within a certain duration, the Owner or
any separate contractor under contract with Owner shall not be bound to said date or duration unless
Owner expressly and specifically agrees in writing. The Owner’s and the Architect’s overall review and
approval or acceptance of the Schedule does not constitute an agreement to specific dates, durations,
sequences or activities of the Owner or any separate contractor.
10. The Contractor's CPM Schedule shall include time for activities being completed by the Owner with their
own staff or through a separate contract. Durations for such activities shall be agreed to by Contractor and
Owner. Contractor shall schedule and sequence such activities to occur in the normal flow of work as if
they were being completed by a direct sub of the Contractor.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 32 16, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
McGranahanPBK
11. The Architect and Owner’s Representative will review the Contractor’s Schedule to determine compliance
with projected completion dates within (7) days of receipt of schedule from the Contractor. Review by the
Owner or Architect of Contractor's schedule does not constitute approval or acceptance of the Contractor's
construction means, methods, or sequencing, or its ability to complete the Work within the Contract
Time. The Contractor shall revise his Schedule as required to support said compliance and shall submit
his revised Schedule to the Architect as soon as practical but in all cases within fourteen (14) calendar
days of receiving review comments.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 UPDATING SCHEDULE
A. The CPM Schedule shall be updated regularly by means of Monthly Progress Reports.
1. Monthly Progress Reports submitted by the Contractor should show the activities, or portions of activities,
completed during the reporting period including the actual start and finish dates for these activities. The
report shall also include the remaining duration and/or estimated completion dates for activities currently
in progress and deviations from the Critical Path.
2. The Architect and the Owner will not be obligated to review or to process any Application for Progress
Payment until the Contractor has submitted his Progress Report.
3. Progress Reports shall also be submitted in electronic format.
4. Monthly Progress Reports:
a. The heading of each tabular report shall include, but not be limited to, the project name, contract
number, name of contractor, report date, data date, report title and page number.
B. Short Interval Schedule: Contractor shall prepare and update weekly a three (3) week interval schedule, to be
used to review progress during weekly meetings.
1. Show one (1) week of actual progress, and forecast two (2) weeks of anticipated progress, as compared to
planned progress per CPM Schedule.
2. Activities shown at Short Interval Schedule shall correspond to activities shown at the same time period in
the CPM Schedule.
3. At the Contractor’s option the Short Interval Schedule may be a simple bar chart
4. Format of Short Interval Schedule must fit 8 ½ inch x 11 inch paper.
3.02 SCHEDULE REVISIONS
A. Should the Contractor, after receiving approval of the initial CPM Schedule, desire to change his plan of
construction, he shall submit the proposed changes to the Architect and Owner.
1. He shall describe the logic for rescheduling the work and the method(s) for maintaining intermediate
milestones and shall confirm specific completion dates.
a. He shall revise his Schedule to include the effect of changes, acts of God or other conditions or
events, which in the meantime have affected the CPM Schedule.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 32 16, Page 4
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
McGranahanPBK
b. If the requested changes are acceptable to the Architect and Owner’s Representative, they shall be
incorporated into the CPM Schedule in the next reporting period.
2. When the Owner requests changes by Construction Change Directive or Change Order which have the
potential to impact the Contract Milestones or Specific Dates stipulated, a revised CPM Schedule will be
prepared by the Contractor and provided to the Architect and Owner clearly demonstrating the impacts.
B. Neither the updating or revising of Contractor’s construction schedule for the Owner’s review shall have the
effect of amending or modifying, in any way, the contract time, contract completion date or contract milestone
dates or of modifying or limiting in any way the Contractor’s obligations under this Contract.
3.03 DEFAULT
A. Failure of the Contractor to substantially comply with the requirements of this Section shall constitute a reason
that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the work with due diligence and shall be considered grounds for
termination by the Owner, per requirements of the Conditions of the Contract.
3.04 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
A. The Owner will assess, and the Contractor will be responsible for, liquidated damages for each calendar day
beyond the Contract Time that Substantial Completion is not timely achieved, per the General Conditions.
B. The Contractor and Owner agree that these liquidated damages amounts are not penalties and are a reasonable
estimation of actual damages to the Owner, as of this date of Agreement, based on the inherent uncertainty and
difficulty in calculating and quantifying damages caused by delays in the construction of school district
facilities.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 42 16, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
McGranahanPBK
ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Abbreviations and Definitions.
B. This section supplements the definitions contained in the General Conditions.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. The word "furnish" as used herein, shall mean "purchase, pay for, receive and/or store the material, item or
equipment at the site ready for installation or erection" unless otherwise specifically noted.
B. Install: To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, place, finish, cure, protect, clean, start up, and make ready for use.
C. The word "install" as used herein shall mean "pay for, and do all work necessary for installing and/or erecting
and/or connecting the item or material complete in place" unless otherwise specifically noted.
D. The term "product" as used in the Project Manual includes materials, systems, and equipment.
1. Product: Material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the work result. Not
materials or equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying, or erection and not incorporated into
the work result. Products may be new, never before used, or re-used materials or equipment.
E. Provide: To furnish and install, pay for complete in place.
F. The term "project manual" is the volume which includes the Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract,
and the specifications, Divisions 0 to 9 inclusive, as applicable and as listed in the Table of Contents bound
therein.
G. The term "Architect" as used herein, shall mean "McGranahanPBK 2111 Pacific Avenue, Suite 100, Tacoma,
Washington 98402."
H. The term "Owner" as used herein, shall mean "Arlington School District 16, located at 315 North French
Avenue, Arlington, WA 98223.â€
I. "As directed" means "as directed by the Architect".
J. Where the words "or approved", "as approved" or "for approval" are used the Architect is the sole judge of the
quality and suitability of the proposed substitutions.
K. Where the words "similar to" are used and followed by a manufacturer's name and product, model, or type
number, such manufacturer, product, model or type number shall be considered as the standard of quality for the
item or material or work specified, in a general and technical sense, not meaning "identical".
L. Wherever in these documents an article, device or piece of equipment is referred to in the singular number, such
reference shall mean to include as many such articles as are shown on the Drawings or are required to complete
the installation.
1.03 ABBREVIATIONS
A. These specifications are, for certain sections, written in the imperative mood, abbreviated, or "streamlined" and
frequently include incomplete sentences. In sections or parts of sections written in the imperative mood, words
such as "shall", "shall be", "the Contractor shall", and similar mandatory phrases and the words "of", "the", "a",
and "all" shall be supplied by inference in the same manner as they are in but not on the Drawings.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 42 16, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
McGranahanPBK
B. The Contractor shall furnish or install or provide, as applicable, all items listed and perform all operations
required, and shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, services, and incidentals required for completion of
the work.
C. For purposes of abbreviation, the words "install' and/or "erect" and or "connect" and/or "apply" in accordance
with the manufacturer's written recommendations shall not, in all cases, be repeated hereinafter in these
specifications. However, in all cases, each and every item, material, and/or equipment shall be installed and/or
erected and/or connected and/or applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations.
D. Abbreviations: see drawings for a list of abbreviations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 50 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
McGranahanPBK
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Temporary Utilities.
B. Temporary power.
C. Temporary sanitary facilities.
D. Drinking Water.
E. Storage.
F. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing.
G. Indirect equipment.
H. Field offices.
I. Field staffing.
1.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Provide means, methods, material and labor necessary to provide all temporary power and lighting required for
construction purposes.
1. Provide all temporary lighting as required for the work. Provide wiring for all required extension cords,
lighting outlets, and power outlets (grounding type), lamps, and other required equipment and
accessories. Remove temporary lighting connections at completion of the work or sooner, if approved or
directed.
2. Provide all temporary power required for the duration of construction. Provide all temporary connections
required and pay all fees related to connections and temporary power.
B. Provide means, methods, material and labor necessary to provide all temporary power and lighting required for
construction purposes.
1. Provide wiring for all required extension cords, lighting outlets, and power outlets (grounding type),
lamps, and other required equipment and accessories. Remove temporary lighting connections at
completion of the work or sooner, if approved or directed.
2. The Owner does not warrant that there is adequate power available in the existing facility for both the
Owner’s use and the Contractor’s use. If at any time prior to or during construction it is determined that
the available power is not adequate to serve the simultaneous use of the Owner and Contractor the
Contractor shall be responsible for securing power from an independent temporary supply.
C. Provide means, methods, material and labor necessary to provide clean, potable water as required. The owner
will pay monthly utility bill for water used on site for construction purposes. Make temporary connections to
closest existing utility piping and provide meter, piping, hoses, nozzles and other accessories as required. At
completion, or before if directed, disconnect temporary connections and piping and remove from site.
1.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization. Facilities shall
be located within a secure area.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 50 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
McGranahanPBK
B. Use of existing facilities is not permitted.
C. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition.
1.04 DRINKING WATER
A. Provide, from proven safe source, for all those connected with the work. Pipe or transport water in such manner
as to keep it clean and fresh. Serve from single service containers or sanitary drinking fountains.
1.05 BARRIERS
A. Fencing:
1. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to allow for owner's use of site and to
protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and
demolition.
2. Provide 6 foot high fence with sturdy posts and supports around construction site and equip with vehicular
and pedestrian gates with locks. Top and bottom of chain link fabric to be knuckled, beginning no higher
than 4†above grade.
B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for
public access to and egress from the existing building.
C. Provide temporary safety signage that clearly designates construction entrances and areas.
1.06 INDIRECT EQUIPMENT
A. Provide indirect equipment as required for proper execution of the work, including but not limited to:
1. Compressors.
2. Forklifts.
3. Generators.
4. Equipment operation
5. Other construction equipment and rental costs.
6. Portable radios.
7. Video camera.
8. Temporary stairs & ladders.
1.07 FIELD STAFFING
A. Field staffing must be commensurate with Owner/Contractor contract requirements.
1.08 MISCELLANEOUS TEMPORARY REQUIREMENTS
A. Cleaning-Up:
1. During the work: Contractor and each subcontractor at all times shall keep the premises free from
accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by its operations on a daily basis. Just before
completion of the work, Contractor and each subcontractor shall remove all his tools, construction
equipment, machinery and surplus materials. If Contractor fails to enforce clean-up procedures, the
Owner may do the clean-up and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor as provided in the
General Conditions.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 50 00, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
McGranahanPBK
B. Dust Control:
1. Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from dispersing into
the atmosphere.
C. Debris Control:
1. Maintain all areas under Contractor's control free of extraneous debris.
2. Areas will be designated by the Contractor for parking of trucks to receive demolition debris. Coordinate
with Owner at time of scheduling.
3. Initiate and maintain a specific program to prevent accumulation of debris at construction site, storage and
parking areas, or along access roads and haul routes.
a. Provide containers for deposit of debris.
b. Prohibit overloading of trucks to prevent spillage on access and haul routes.
1) Provide periodic inspection of traffic areas to enforce requirements.
4. Schedule periodic inspection and disposal of debris.
a. Provide additional collections and disposal of debris whenever the periodic schedule is inadequate to
prevent accumulation.
D. Pollution Control:
1. Provide methods, means and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water or
atmosphere. Allow no discharge of noxious substances from construction operations.
2. Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain spillage.
a. Remove contaminated soils or liquids.
1) Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off-site. Replace with suitable compacted fill
and topsoil.
3. Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters.
a. Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, or other such substances adjacent to bodies of water,
or in sanitary or storm sewers.
4. Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants.
a. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals.
b. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere.
c. Provide adequate ventilation in all areas during and after application of paint and coatings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 78 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES
McGranahanPBK
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Closeout inspection procedures.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. General Conditions of the Contract: Performance bond and labor and material payment bonds, warranty, and
correction of work.
B. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and
samples.
C. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION PROCEDURES
A. Substantial Completion:
1. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion,
complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
a. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion
is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially
complete. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract
Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
1) If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of
incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete.
b. Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements.
c. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and
similar documents.
d. Complete final clean up requirements.
2. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed with
inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of
Substantial Completion on AIA Form G704 following inspection, or advise the Contractor of construction
that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued.
3. If additional inspections are required the Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that
the Work has been substantially completed.
a. Re-inspection Services: Should the Architect or design consultant be required re-inspect due to
Contractor's failure to correct specified deficiencies, the Contractor and subcontractor shall bear all
costs (including compensation for the design consultant's additional services) made necessary
thereby.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 78 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES
McGranahanPBK
b. Reinspection services are hereby defined as the following:
1) Travel time to and from the job site.
2) Mileage compensation for vehicles used to and from the job site.
3) Time required for review, inspection, and meeting at the job site.
4) Time required to document, coordinate, and transmit documentation that records a summary of
the reinspection.
4. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance.
B. Final Acceptance:
1. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final
payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
a. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously
submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations
where required.
1) An affidavit that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness
connected with the work for which the Owner of property might in any way be responsible,
have been paid or otherwise satisfied. (Use AIA Document G706).
2) An affidavit from each subcontractor on AIA Form G706.
3) Letter from Bonding Company addressed to Owner but submitted to the Architect, approving
release of final payment and waiving submission of final receipts as well as a statement
confirming the extension of the Bond for the one-year guarantee period. Final receipts from all
subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers shall be furnished to the Owner by the
Contractor if the Surety does not waive this requirement.
4) Submit Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (AIA Document G706A). If any liens are
filed and cause the Owner to employ the services of any attorneys, the cost of the services will
be deducted from the retainage.
5) Return all copies of the drawings and specifications in accordance with the General Conditions.
b. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum.
c. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected,
stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been
endorsed and dated by the Architect.
d. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement.
e. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.
f. State Department of Labor and Industries Affidavit of Wages Paid (State Form 9843).
g. Asbestos letter of compliance.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 78 00, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES
McGranahanPBK
3.02 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Provide one binder with the following information:
1. Permits: All original permits for the work.
a. Permits are to all show the final inspection by the Jurisdiction having Authority.
2. Inspections: All written inspection reports.
3. Provide table of contents and tabs for each section.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Concrete formwork.
B. Provide new reinforced concrete slabs where indicated. Concrete to be finish material where indicated.
C. Finishing of concrete slabs.
D. Protection of slabs after curing.
E. Concrete reinforcement.
F. Joint devices associated with concrete work.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 30 00 – Administrative Requirements.
B. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Section 03 35 60 - Concrete Floor Finishing: Densifiers, hardeners, and applied coatings.
D. Section 07 92 00-Joint Sealants: Products and installation for sealants and accessories at expansion joints and
isolation joints in slabs.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain
and Deformed, for Concrete 2022.
B. ACI 117 - Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; 2010 (Reapproved 2015).
C. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; 1991
(Reapproved 2009).
D. ACI 301 - Specifications for Concrete Construction; 2020.
E. ACI 302.1R - Guide to Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2015.
F. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; 2000 (Reapproved 2009).
G. ACI 305R - Guide to Hot Weather Concreting; 2020.
H. ACI 306R - Guide to Cold Weather Concreting; 2016.
I. ACI 308R - Guide to External Curing of Concrete; 2016.
J. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete; 2019, with Errata (2021).
K. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete; 2014 (Reapproved 2021).
L. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement; 2022.
M. ASTM A767/A767M - Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement; 2019.
N. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain
and Deformed, for Concrete; 2017.
O. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2018.
P. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2021.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
Q. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2022.
R. ASTM C109/C109M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-
in. or [50 mm] Cube Specimens); 2021.
S. ASTM C143/C143M - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete; 2020.
T. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2022.
U. ASTM C171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete; 2020.
V. ASTM C173/C173M - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric
Method; 2016.
W. ASTM C260/C260M - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2010a (Reapproved
2016).
X. ASTM C494/C494M - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete; 2019, with Editorial
Revision (2022).
Y. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in
Concrete; 2022.
Z. ASTM C685/C685M - Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous
Mixing; 2017.
AA. ASTM C881/C881M - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete; 2020a.
BB. ASTM C1059/C1059M - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete;
2021.
CC. ASTM C1107/C1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink); 2020.
DD. ASTM C1116/C1116M - Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete; 2010a (Reapproved 2015).
EE. ASTM C1602/C1602M - Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement
Concrete; 2018.
FF. ASTM C1708/C1708M - Standard Test Methods for Self-leveling Mortars Containing Hydraulic Cements;
2019.
GG. ASTM D994/D994M - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous
Type); 2011 (Reapproved 2022).
HH. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural
Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types); 2018.
II. ASTM E1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness Numbers;
2020.
JJ. COE CRD-C 572 - Handbook for Concrete and Cement Corps of Engineers Specifications for Polyvinylchloride
Waterstop; 1974.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 – Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Substitutions and/or Accepted Equivalents will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01
30 00 - Administrative Requirements and Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Mix Design: Submit proposed concrete mix design.
1. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 301, Section 4 - Concrete Mixtures.
2. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 5 - Concrete Quality,
Mixing and Placing.
3. Indicate proposed mix design complies with admixture manufacturer's written recommendations.
D. Product Data: Submit data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories,
admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems, and others as requested by Architect.
E. Shop Drawings; Reinforcement: Submit original shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of
concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete
Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangement of concrete
reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures. Provide
concrete wall coordination and reinforcing shop drawings at ¼†minimum scale. See Structural General Notes
for additional submittal requirements.
F. Slab Shop Drawings; Control Joint Layout: Submit 1/8" plans showing proposed control joint layout for all
concrete slabs. See structural general notes. See control and expansion joint layout on the Drawings.
G. Laboratory Test Reports: Submit laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test.
H. Materials Certificates: Provide materials certificates in lieu of materials laboratory test reports when permitted
by Architect. Materials certificates shall be signed by manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material
item complies with, or exceeds, specified requirements. Provide certification from admixture manufacturers that
chloride content complies with specification requirements
I. Test Reports: Submit report for each test or series of tests specified.
J. Submit proposed methods for achieving FF/ FL levels required by this Section.
K. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components that will
be concealed from view upon completion of concrete work.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318.
1. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
B. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather.
C. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather.
D. Concrete Testing Service: The Owner will engage a testing laboratory to perform material evaluation list of
tests, General Contractor to coordinate.
E. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of work. Retesting of
rejected materials for installed work, shall be done at Contractor's expense.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 4
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
F. Concrete Contractor shall have had three (3) years' experience in the installation and finishing of concrete flat-
work. Concrete finishing Contractor shall have successfully finished at least ten (10) projects with concrete slabs
in excess of 10,000 square feet in the last three (3) years.
1.06 MOCK-UP
A. Mock-ups: Provide full-scale mock-ups to demonstrate methods of obtaining consistent visual appearance of
each type of concrete slab on grade scheduled.
1. Provide three 24†x 24†mock-ups of broom finish.
2. Acceptable mock-ups will be stored on-site by the Contractor in a protected area. The Architect will use
the approved mock-up as a standard by which finished work will be approved or rejected. Work which
does not match the approved mock-up will be demolished and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
3. Remove mock-up from the site when no longer required for comparison with finished work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FORMWORK
A. Formwork Design and Construction: Comply with guidelines of ACI 347R to provide formwork that will
produce concrete complying with tolerances of ACI 117.
1. Form Materials: Contractor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand hydrostatic
head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances.
2. Earth Cuts: Do not use earth cuts as forms for vertical surfaces. Natural rock formations that maintain a
stable vertical edge may be used as side forms.
B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or other acceptable material. Provide lumber
dressed on at least 2 edges and one side for tight fit.
C. Form Coating: Release agent that will not adversely affect concrete or interfere with application of coatings.
2.02 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi) (420 MPa).
1. Type: Deformed billet-steel bars.
B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR): Plain type, ASTM A1064/A1064M.
1. WWR Style: As indicated on the drawings.
C. Reinforcement Accessories:
1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gauge, 0.0508 inch (1.29 mm).
2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during
concrete placement.
a. For slabs-on-grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not
support chair legs.
3. Provide stainless steel, galvanized, plastic, or plastic coated steel components for placement within 1-1/2
inches (38 mm) of weathering surfaces.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 5
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I - Normal Portland type, Type II - Moderate; Portland type, or ASTM
C595 Type IL.
1. Acquire cement for entire project from same source.
B. Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, and as herein specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for
exposed concrete.
1. For exterior exposed surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates containing spalling-causing deleterious
substances.
C. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required
admixtures.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. "Air-Mix," Euclid Chemical Co.
b. "Sika Aer," Sika Corp.
c. "MB-VR or MB-AE," Master Builders.
d. "Darex AEA" or "Daravair," W.R. Grace.
e. "Edoco 2001 or 2002"; Edoco Technical Products.
f. "Air-Tite," Gifford-Hill/American Admixtures.
D. Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.1 percent chloride
ions are not permitted.
E. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class F.
1. Add to batch plant concrete mix as Portland cement replacement. Submit back-up data for design mix.
Verify use where chemically stained concrete is used.
a. Concrete Slabs: Maximum 15%.
b. Other than Slabs: Maximum 30%.
F. Water: ASTM C1602/C1602M; clean, potable, and not detrimental to concrete.
2.04 CONCRETE MIXTURES
A. Prepare concrete mixtures in accordance with WSDOT Specification 8-06.
B. Proportion mixtures to provide normal-weight concrete with the following properties:
1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4000 psi.
C. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal-weight concrete at point of
placement having an air content as follows:
1. Air Content: 5 percent plus or minus 1.5 percent for 3/4-inch nominal maximum aggregate size.
D. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.30 percent by weight of cement.
E. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement
according to ACI 301 requirements as follows:
1. Fly Ash or Pozzolan: 25 percent.
2. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 6
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
3. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan, and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent, with fly ash or
pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent.
2.05 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C
94M. Furnish batch certificates for each batch discharged and used in the Work.
1. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2
hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60
minutes.
2.06 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Cover - Breathable at concrete that is to be exposed to view.: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
approximately 9 oz. per sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2.
B. Moisture-Retaining Cover at concrete not exposed to view: ASTM C 171; : One of the following, complying
with ASTM C 171. Use only at non-exposed concrete work. Use 'breathable' cover at exposed concrete work to
avoid puddling stains, chalking, etc.
1. Waterproof paper. Polyethylene film. Polyethylene-coated burlap.
2. Polyethylene film.
3. Polyethylene-coated burlap.
C. Form release: Use only form release compounds recommended by form liner manufacturer.
1. Manufacturer: Dayton Superior.
2. Product: Clean Strip J1EF.
3. Substitutions: See Division 1.
D. For material requirements of hardener/sealer see Section 03 35 60 - Concrete Floor Finishing.
2.07 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS
A. Slab Isolation Joint Filler: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick, height equal to slab thickness, with removable top section
that will form 1/2 inch (13 mm) deep sealant pocket after removal.
1. Material: ASTM D1751, cellulose fiber.
2. Products:
a. Nomaco, Inc; Nomaflex Expansion Joint Filler with Void Cap Option:
www.nomaco.com/#sle.Nomaco, Inc;
b. W. R. Meadows, Inc; Fiber Expansion Joint Filler with Snap-Cap: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, waterstops, capillary break and other sub-base materials and vapor
retarders with placement of forms and reinforcing steel.
B. Provide protection from weather during placement and curing of Special Concrete Floor Finishes. Provide
temporary protective structures or complete roofing and weather protection in these areas to assure that these
floors are not subjected to conditions that would adversely affect the finish or strength of the slab.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 7
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section.
3.03 PREPARATION
A. Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Design and fabricate forms to support all applied loads
until concrete is cured, and for easy removal without damage to concrete.
B. Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent.
C. Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock, or damage to cast-in-place concrete surfaces
and adjacent materials.
3.04 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately
position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete coverage required for
protection.
B. Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both directions. Splice
laps with tie wire.
C. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed,
positioned securely, and will not interfere with concrete placement.
3.05 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing
Bars" for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified.
1. Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder during reinforcement placement and concreting operations.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials which reduce or destroy bond
with concrete.
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or
concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and
hangers, as required.
D. Place reinforcement to obtain at least minimum coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely
tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so
ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
E. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace
splices with wire. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction.
3.06 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Preplacement Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel,
and items to be embedded or cast-in. Notify other crafts to permit installation of their work; cooperate with other
trades in setting such work. Moisten wood forms immediately before placing concrete where form coatings are
not used.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 8
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
B. General: Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing
Concrete" and as herein specified.
1. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete
which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot
be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified. Deposit concrete as nearly as
practicable to its final location to avoid segregation.
C. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of
construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed.
1. Consolidate concrete during placing operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around
reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.
2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth
surface, free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations.
3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position during concrete placement operations.
4. Where concrete slab is exposed concrete shall always be sequenced to allow stopping points or
interruptions to occur at control or expansion joints. Partial pours within area created by control or
expansion joints will not be accepted and must be removed and replaced with a monolith pour.
D. Cold Weather Placing: Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength which could be caused
by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures, in compliance with ACI 306 and as herein specified.
1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4 deg C), uniformly heat water
and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F (10 deg
C), and not more than 80 deg F (27 deg C) at point of placement.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade
or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, and other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical
accelerators, unless otherwise accepted in mix designs.
E. Hot Weather Placing: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair quality and strength of
concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as herein specified.
1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement below 90 deg F (32
deg C). Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control temperature provided water
equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Use of liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is
Contractor's option.
2. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not
exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete.
3. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before concrete is placed.
F. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices will not be
disturbed during concrete placement.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 9
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
3.07 JOINTS
A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints at reveals or as indicated or, if not indicated, locate so
as not to impair strength and appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect. At exposed slabs, locate
joints only where shown.
B. Deviation from a straight line for sawcut joints: 1/8†per 10'-0â€.
C. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction
joints, except as otherwise indicated.
D. Contraction (Control) Joints: Construct contraction joints in slabs-on-ground to form panels of patterns as
shown. Use saw cuts 1/8" x 1/4 slab depth within 4 to 12 hours of slab pour, unless otherwise indicated. Use
equipment specifically designed for sawcutting “green†slabs. Begin sawcutting as soon as slab is suitable for
equipment to be used effectively. Provide as many saws as necessary to complete the sawing of the control
joints before the slab has cured too much for control joint cutting to be effective.
1. If joint pattern not shown, provide joints not exceeding 16' (12' on exposed slabs) in either direction and
located to conform to bay spacing wherever possible (at column centerlines, half bays, third-bays, edge of
walls and massive or planar elements).
a. Joint sealant material is specified in Division 7 sections of these specifications.
3.08 SLAB TOLERANCES
A. An independent testing agency, as specified in Division 1, will inspect finished slabs for flatness.
B. Screed floors level, maintaining the following minimum F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness values
when measured in accordance with ASTM E 1155/ASTM E 1155M.
1. Trowel and broom finish typical at exterior floor surfaces, unless otherwise indicated:
a. F(F): Specified Overall Value (SOV) of 38; Minimum Localized Value (MLV) of 25
b. F(L): Specified Overall Value (SOV) of 20; Minimum Localized Value (MLV) of 15
C. At exposed concrete floors: Remove and replace slabs that do not meet the specified tolerance.
3.09 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES
A. Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces to be exposed-to-view.
1. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power-driven trowel. Begin final troweling when
surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final
hand-troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and with surface
leveled to tolerances of FF 20 - FL 17. Grind smooth surface defects which would telegraph through
applied floor covering system.
B. Non-Slip Broom Finish: Apply non-slip broom finish to trowel finished exterior concrete slabs and walkways.
1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber bristle broom
perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 10
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
3.10 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
1. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing.
Continue curing for at least 7 days in accordance with ACI 301 procedures. Avoid rapid drying at end of
final curing period.
B. Provide moisture curing by following methods.
1. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water.
2. Continuous water-fog spray.
3. Covering concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturating cover with water and
keeping continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with
4" lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
C. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces as
follows:
1. Apply wet burlap or continuous fog spraying for a minimum of seven (7) days after concrete is poured.
D. Protection of Concrete:
1. Provide protective cover for exposed to view concrete slabs pursuant to Sections 03 35 60 and 03 36 00.
2. Protect freshly placed concrete from all adverse weather. Provide protective cover for newly placed slabs.
Protective cover may not come into contact with concrete and shall not affect finish. Concrete finishes that
are adversely affected by either weather or the Contractor's protective cover will be demolished, removed
from the site and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
3. Continue to protect concrete for the duration of the project from all adverse conditions including foot and
vehicle traffic, tools, staging, stored material, debris and any other material or activity which may
adversely affect the finish of completed work. Concrete finishes that, in the Architect's opinion, are
adversely affected will be demolished, removed from the site and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
3.11 RE-USE OF FORMS
A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be re-used in work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form
facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form coating compound as specified for
new formwork.
B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and
laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use "patched" forms
for exposed concrete surfaces, except as acceptable to Architect.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 11
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
3.12 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of
forms, when acceptable to Architect.
1. For exposed-to-view surfaces, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when
dry, patching mortar will match color surrounding. Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify
mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike-off slightly
higher than surrounding surface.
B. Repair of Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify
surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified.
Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, in addition to smoothness using a template having
required slope.
1. Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects which affect durability of concrete. Surface defects,
as such, include crazing, cracks in excess of 1/16" wide or which penetrate to reinforcement or completely
through non-reinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, pop-outs, honeycomb, rock pockets, and
other objectionable conditions.
2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding, after concrete has cured at least 14 days.
3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completion of surface finishing
operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend into
adjacent concrete. Proprietary patching compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect.
C. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Architect.
3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. General: Sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete may include the following, as
directed by Architect.
B. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94.
1. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type of concrete;
additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed.
2. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231
pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each day's pour of each type of air- entrained
concrete.
3. Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and below, and when 80
deg F (27 deg C) and above; and each time a set of compression test specimens made.
4. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of 4 standard cylinders for each compressive strength
test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens except when
field-cure test specimens are required.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 12
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
5. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour exceeding 5 cu. yds. plus additional
sets for each 50 cu. yds. over and above the first 25 cu. yds. of each concrete class placed in any one day;
one specimen tested at 7 days, one specimen tested at 14 days, one specimen tested at 28 days, and one
specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required.
a. When frequency of testing will provide less than 5 strength tests for a given class of concrete,
conduct testing from at least 5 randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than 5 are used.
b. When total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 50 cu. yds., strength test may be waived
by Architect if, in his judgment, adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided.
c. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured
cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the
in-place concrete.
d. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive
strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength, and no individual strength test
result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
C. Test results will be reported in writing to Architect, Structural Engineer and Contractor within 24 hours after
tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of
concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in
structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breaking
strength and type of break for all tests.
D. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall
not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection.
E. Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate
specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by
Architect. Testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying
with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests when unacceptable
concrete is verified.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 35 60, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING
McGranahanPBK
CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Natural grey concrete floors scheduled to receive a clear densifier/sealer.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements.
B. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Control and formed expansion and contraction joints and joint
devices. Finishing of concrete slabs prior to final chemical finish. Interior concrete slab mock-up.
D. Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants: Sealant for control and expansion joints.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Concrete Construction; 2020.
B. ACI 302.1R - Guide to Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2015.
C. ASTM D2370 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Organic Coatings; 2016.
D. ASTM D2794 - Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact);
1993 (Reapproved 2010).
E. ASTM D4060 - Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by the Taber Abraser; 2019.
F. ASTM E1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness Numbers;
2020.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordinate the work with concrete floor placement and concrete floor curing.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures.
B. Substitutions will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01 30 00 - Administrative
Requirements and Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Product Data: Provide product data and installation instructions on sealer, stain, and protection products
including information on compatibility of different products and limitations, and installation procedures.
D. Mock-up: Apply concrete sealer to a designated 100 square foot area for approval. Allow two weeks for
approval of mock-up. Application of sealer (rate, coverage and method) to be determined by acceptance of
mock-up by the architect.
E. Clear Sealer Mock-up: Apply concrete sealer to a designated 25 square foot area for approval. Allow two weeks
for acceptance of mock-up. Application of sealer (rate, coverage and method) to be determined by acceptance of
mock-up by the architect.
F. Maintenance Data: Provide data on maintenance renewal of applied coatings.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 35 60, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING
McGranahanPBK
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301.
1.07 MOCK-UP
A. Clear Sealer Mock-up: Apply concrete sealer to a designated area at a location of the concrete slab that will not
remain exposed to view in the final construction. Allow two weeks for acceptance of the mock-up.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's sealed packaging, including application instructions.
1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for environmental requirements necessary for finishing
operations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers/Products Clear Densifiers/Sealers:
1. US Spec; Product US Spec Industrial.
2. Euclid; Product Euclid Euco Diamond Hard.
3. Substitutions or accepted equivalent: See Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements.
2.02 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Sealant: As specified in Section 07 92 00. Color to match adjacent concrete finish.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that floor surfaces are acceptable to receive the work of this section.
3.02 PROTECTION
A. Protect all concrete floors that are designated to be exposed, both before (starting as soon as concrete cure
products are removed) and after surface treatment application (until substantial completion).
3.03 APPLICATION CLEAR SEALER
A. Follow manufacturer's instructions for application and coverage.
B. Allow new concrete to cure a minimum of 28 days, before applying.
C. Apply by low pressure spray, roller, or brush, without puddling. Apply product to point of rejection working it in
with a mechanical scrubber. Work with mechanical scrubber until product begins to gel (usually 15 - 30
minutes). Re-wet with water and work for another 10 minutes. Thoroughly rinse and squeegee excess material
from floor. Prior to product drying on floor - apply a second coat using the same procedure used for the first
coat.
D. Apply in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect concrete during curing and post finishing, in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, with
one of the materials specified. Maintain protection until substantial completion.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 07 92 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 JOINT SEALANTS
McGranahanPBK
JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Self-leveling pourable joint sealants.
1. Joints in concrete slabs.
B. Joint backings and accessories.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements.
B. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Sealant filling of saw-cut joints in slabs.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM C661 - Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Elastomeric-Type Sealants by Means of a
Durometer; 2015 (Reapproved 2022).
B. ASTM C794 - Standard Test Method for Adhesion-in-Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2018 (Reapproved
2022).
C. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2017.
D. ASTM C881/C881M - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete; 2020a.
E. ASTM C919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications; 2018.
F. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2018.
G. ASTM C1087 - Standard Test Method for Determining Compatibility of Liquid-Applied Sealants with
Accessories Used in Structural Glazing Systems; 2016.
H. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2016.
I. ASTM C1248 - Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants; 2022.
J. ASTM C1311 - Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants; 2022.
K. ASTM D2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property--Durometer Hardness; 2015 (Reapproved 2021).
L. ASTM D412 - Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers--Tension; 2016
(Reapproved 2021).
M. ASTM D695 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics; 2015.
N. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; 2020.
O. SCAQMD 1168 - Adhesive and Sealant Applications; 1989, with Amendment (2017).
P. SWRI (VAL) - SWR Institute Validated Products Directory; Current Edition.
Q. UL 263 - Standard for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 07 92 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 JOINT SEALANTS
McGranahanPBK
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Substitutions and/or Accepted Equivalents will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01
30 00 - Administrative Requirements and Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical datasheets for each product to be used; include the following:
1. Physical characteristics, including movement capability, VOC content, hardness, cure time, and color
availability.
2. List of backing materials approved for use with the specific product.
3. Substrates that product is known to satisfactorily adhere to and with which it is compatible.
4. Substrates the product should not be used on.
5. Substrates for which use of primer is required.
6. Substrates for which laboratory adhesion and/or compatibility testing is required.
7. Installation instructions, including precautions, limitations, and recommended backing materials and tools.
8. Sample product warranty.
9. Certification by manufacturer indicating that product complies with specification requirements.
D. Product Data for Accessory Products: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheet for each product to be used,
including physical characteristics, installation instructions, and recommended tools.
E. Color Cards for Selection: Where sealant color is not specified, submit manufacturer's color cards showing
standard colors available for selection.
F. Manufacturer's qualification statement.
G. Installer's qualification statement.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Coordination: Coordinate the work with all sections referencing this section.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with
minimum five years documented experience.
C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section and with at least five years
of documented experience.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures for additional warranty requirements.
B. Installers Warranty: Installer's standard letter in which the Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint
sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within the
specified warranty period.
1. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 07 92 00, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 JOINT SEALANTS
McGranahanPBK
C. Manufacturer's warranty for exterior building sealants: Contractor to provide manufacturer's standard warranty
in which elastomeric sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those
that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within the specified
warranty period.
1. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories that fail to achieve watertight seal,
exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure.
2. Warranty period: Twenty 910) years from the date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. General: Manufacturers listed in this article include those known to produce the indicated category of prime
joint sealer material, either as a nominally pure generic product or as an equivalent-performance modification
thereof or proprietary product.
B. Self-Leveling Sealants: Pourable or self-leveling sealant that has sufficient flow to form a smooth, level surface
when applied in a horizontal joint.
1. Curecrete Distribution, Inc.: www.curecrete.com/#sle.
2. Euclid Chemical Company: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle.
3. Master Builders Solutions: www.master-builders-solutions.com/en-us/#sle.
4. Metzger/McGuire: www.metzgermcguire.com.
5. Sika Corporation: www.usa.sika.com/#sle.
6. Tremco Commercial Sealants & Waterproofing: www.tremcosealants.com/#sle.
7. Metzger - McGuire: www.metzgermcguire.com.
8. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements .
2.02 JOINT SEALANT APPLICATIONS
A. Scope:
1. Exterior Joints: Seal open joints, whether or not the joint is indicated on drawings, unless specifically
indicated not to be sealed. Exterior joints to be sealed include, but are not limited to:
a. Joints in concrete paving and concrete slabs.
B. Type G - Exterior Control and Expansion Joints in Concrete Paving: Self-leveling polyurethane "traffic-grade"
sealant.
2.03 JOINT SEALANTS - GENERAL
A. Sealants and Primers: Provide products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than indicated
in SCAQMD 1168.
B. Colors: As selected from manufacturer's full range.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 07 92 00, Page 4
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 JOINT SEALANTS
McGranahanPBK
2.04 SELF-LEVELING JOINT SEALANTS
A. Type G - Exterior Paving: Self-Leveling Polyurethane Sealant for Continuous Water Immersion: Polyurethane;
ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class25, Uses T, I, M, and A; single component; explicitly approved by
manufacturer for traffic exposure and continuous water immersion.
1. Applications and Substrates:
a. Joints in sidewalks and vehicular paving.
2. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum.
3. Hardness Range: 35 to 55, Shore A, when tested in accordance with ASTM C661.
4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to 180 degrees F (Minus 40 to 82 degrees C).
5. Manufacturers:
a. Master Builders Solutions; MasterSeal SL 1: www.master-builders-solutions.com/en-us.
b. Sika Corporation; Sikaflex-1c SL: www.usa.sika.com/#sle.
c. Tremco Commercial Sealants & Waterproofing; Vulkem 45SSL: www.tremcosealants.com.
2.05 ACCESSORIES
A. Backer Rod: Cylindrical cellular foam rod with surface that sealant will not adhere to, compatible with specific
sealant used, and recommended by backing and sealant manufacturers for specific application.
1. Open Cell Polyurethane: ASTM C1330 Type O, 40 to 50 percent larger in diameter than joint width. a.
Manufacturers:.
1) Armacell; FillPro® Open Cell: www.armacell.us.
2) Backer Rod Mfg. Inc.; Denver Foam®: www.backerrod.com/products.
3) Nomaco; OCFoamTM: www.nomaco.com.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS.
2. Closed Cell Polyethylene: ASTM C1330 Type C, ASTM D 5249 Type 3, 25 to 33 percent larger in
diameter than joint width.
a. Manufacturers:
1) Armacell; FillPro® Standard: www.armacell.us.
2) Backer Rod Mfg. Inc.; Mile High Foam®: www.backerrod.com/products.
3) Nomaco; HBR®: www.nomaco.com.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS.
3. Bi-Cellular Polyethylene: ASTM C1330 Type B, ASTM D 5249 Type 3, 25 to 50 percent larger in
diameter than joint width.
a. Products:
1) Armacell; FillPro® Soft Type: www.armacell.us.
2) Backer Rod Mfg. Inc.; Titam Foam® : www.backerrod.com/products
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 07 92 00, Page 5
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 JOINT SEALANTS
McGranahanPBK
3) Nomaco, Inc; SOF® ROD: www.nomaco.com.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements .
B. Joint Cleaner: Noncorrosive and nonstaining type, type recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with
joint forming materials.
C. Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application; non-staining.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that joints are ready to receive work.
B. Verify that backing materials and release tapes are compatible with sealants.
C. Verify that backer rods are of the correct size.
D. Verify that voids provided for exterior sealants are at least 3/8"" wide by 1/2" deep.
E. Preinstallation Adhesion Testing: Install a sample for each test location indicated in the test plan.
1. Test each sample as specified in PART 1 under QUALITY ASSURANCE article.
2. Notify Architect of date and time that tests will be performed, at least seven days in advance.
3. Arrange for sealant manufacturer's technical representative to be present during tests.
4. Record each test on Preinstallation Adhesion Test Log as indicated.
5. If any sample fails, review products and installation procedures, consult manufacturer, or take other
measures that are necessary to ensure adhesion; retest in a different location; if unable to obtain
satisfactory adhesion, report to Architect.
6. After completion of tests, remove remaining sample material and prepare joints for new sealant
installation.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant.
B. Clean joints, and prime as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193.
D. Mask elements and surfaces adjacent to joints from damage and disfigurement due to sealant work; be aware
that sealant drips and smears may not be completely removable.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install sealants only when temperature and humidity are within the limits recommended by the sealant
manufacturer during and after installation.
B. Install this work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material
installation instructions.
C. Provide joint sealant installations complying with ASTM C1193.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 07 92 00, Page 6
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 JOINT SEALANTS
McGranahanPBK
D. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface
bond area as recommended by manufacturer, except where specific dimensions are indicated.
1. Minimum width for exterior joints shall be 3/8".
E. Install foam backer rod at all joints including saw-cut joints in slabs.
F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags, and without getting sealant on
adjacent surfaces.
G. Do not install sealant when ambient temperature is outside manufacturer's recommended temperature range, or
will be outside that range during the entire curing period, unless manufacturer's approval is obtained and
instructions are followed.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements for additional requirements.
B. Perform field quality control inspection/testing as specified in PART 1 under QUALITY ASSURANCE article.
C. Remove and replace failed portions of sealants using same materials and procedures as indicated for original
installation.
D. Repair destructive test location damage immediately after evaluation and recording of results.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces.
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Protect sealants until cured.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
COMMERCIAL BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION
Community and Economic Development
City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE • Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360) 403-3551
The following information is required for Commercial, Multi-Family, and Mixed-Use Building Permit Applications.
Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of the
submittal documents. See ASSISTANCE BULLETIN #30 for detailed design requirements.
EACH BUILDING OR STRUCTURE REQUIRES A SEPARATE SUBMITTAL.
SUBMIT ELECTRONIC FILES FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING; Incomplete applications will not be accepted.
REQUIRED DOCUMENTS
✔ Site Plan
✔ Architectural Plans
Structural Plans
Structural Calculations
Mechanical System Modifications, (if applicable)
Plumbing System Modifications, (if applicable)
Project Specification Manuals, (if applicable)
WSEC Compliance Forms, (if applicable) https://waenergycodes.com/
✔ Special Inspection and Testing Agreement
Deferred Submittal Request
Airport Property Lease (if building is located within the Arlington Airport Property Boundary)
1. Plan Review fee is due at time of submittal and remaining balance will be due at time of issuance.
2. The City of Arlington does not review or inspect electrical systems. Contact Labor and Industries at lni.wa.gov or
360-416-3000.
A. DEFERRED SUBMITTALS
If the project requires any of the following, a Deferred Submittal Request MUST be completed. Deferred submittals require
separate applications, plans and plan review.
1. Mechanical Plans (if not included in the plan set)
2. Plumbing Plans (if not included in the plan set)
3. Fire Sprinkler
4. Fire Alarm
5. Signage
B. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AGREEMENT
A Special Inspection Firm is required to perform special inspections for the following type of work.
*The Special Inspection and Testing Agreement MUST be submitted with the Building Application.
Reinforced Concrete Structural Steel and Welding
Bolting in Concrete High-Strength Bolting
Pre-stressed Concrete Spray-Applied Fireproofing
Shotcrete Smoke-Control Systems
Structural Masonry Other - Specify: ______________________________________
I acknowledge that all items designated as submittal requirements must accompany my Commercial
Building Permit Application to be considered a complete submittal.
COMMERCIAL BUILDING
INSTALLATION, MODIFICATION OR REMOVAL MAY REQUIRE A SEPARATE PERMIT SUBMITAL
*CHECK ALL THAT APPLY
Automatic fire extinguishing systems Compressed gas systems
Fire pumps Flammable and combustible liquids (tanks, piping etc.)
Standpipe systems Hazardous materials
Private fire hydrants Industrial ovens/furnace
Fire alarm and detection systems Spraying or dipping operations
High piled/rack storage Temporary membrane structure, tents (>200 sq. ft.) or canopies (>400 sq. ft.)
Provide details on any of the above checked items: _________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
Type of Permit: X Commercial Mulit-Family Mixed-Use
Property Address: 600 E 1st St Project Valuation: $10,000
31051100102100
Lot #: Parcel ID No.: Subdivision:
Project Scope of Work: Construction of a concrete slab and connected sidewalk.
IBC Construction Type: Type II (Future bleachers) IBC Occupancy Type: A-5 (Future bleachers)
Building/Space Square Footage: 2,160 SF (Slab) Number of Stories: N/A
Square Footage Per Floor: 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
Primary Contact: Owner Architect Engineer Contractor
Owner Name: Arlington Public Schools (Brian Lewis) Office No.: 360.618.6238
Email Address: brian.lewis@asd16.org Cell No.: 360.460.8913
315 N French St Arlington WA 98223
Mailing Address: City: State: Zip:
Architect Name: McGranahanPBK (Chris Lilley) Office No.: 253.383.3084
Email Address: chris.lilley@mcgranahan.com Cell No.: 253.370.8913
2111 Pacific Ave #100 Tacoma WA 98402
Mailing Address: City: State: Zip:
7359 03/27/2027
Professional License Number: Expiration Date:
Engineer Name: N/A Office No.:
Email Address: Cell No.:
Mailing Address: City: State: Zip:
Professional License Number: Expiration Date:
Primary Contractor: TBD Office No.:
Email Address: Cell No.:
Mailing Address: City: State: Zip:
L&I Contractor License Number: Expiration Date:
REV03.2022 Page 2 of 6
COMMERCIAL BUILDING
MECHANICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION
Type of Permit: ï² New Installation ï² Gas Piping
Mechanical Contractor: None Office No.:
Email Address: Cell No.:
Mailing Address: City: State: Zip:
L&I Contractor License Number: Expiration Date:
ï‚· New gas piping requires a pressure test hooking to any appliance
ï‚· Sediment traps (drips) are required on all gas lines
ï‚· Gas lines are required to be supported/secured per IFGS, Section 415
ï‚· Proper Combustion air and venting required for all appliances
ï‚· A shut-off valve is required within 6 feet of each appliance
Gas Piping Specification and complete Schematic PAGE 4 ï² Not Applicable
Proposed Piping Material: ï² CSST ï² Brass ï² Black Steel ï² Galvanized Steel ï² Other
Proposed Piping Size: ï² Â½â€ ï² â…â€ ï² Â¾â€ ï² 1â€ ï² 1Â½â€ ï² 2â€
Inlet Pressure: Pressure Drop: Specific Gravity:
MECHANICAL PERMIT FEES (per unit)
Type of Fixture No. of Units Cost per Unit Subtotal
Additional Plan Review fees x $ 75.00 = $
Air Cond. Unit ≤100Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $
Air Cond. Unit >100Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $
Air Cond. Unit >500Btu/hp x $ 50.00 = $
Air Handling Units x $ 15.00 = $
Base Mechanical Fee $ 25.00 $ 25.00
Boiler <100Btu/h >3hp x $ 15.00 = $
Boiler >1 million Btu/h<50hp x $ 25.00 = $
Boiler >1.5 million Btu/h<50hp x $ 50.00 = $
Boiler >100Btu/h 3-15hp x $ 15.00 = $
Boiler >500Btu/h 15-30hp x $ 25.00 = $
Diffusers x $ 15.00 = $
Dryer Ducting x $ 15.00 = $
Ductwork (drawings required) x $ 25.00 = $
Evaporative Coolers x $ 15.00 = $
Exhaust/Ventilation Fans x $ 15.00 = $
Fireplace/Insert/Stove x $ 15.00 = $
Forced Air Heat ≤100 Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $
Forced Air Heat >100 Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $
Gas Clothes Dryer x $ 15.00 = $
Gas Fired AC ≤100 Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $
Gas Fired AC >100 Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $
Gas Fired AC > 500 Btu/h x $ 50.00 = $
Gas Piping ≤ 5 units x $ 15.00 = $
REV03.2022 Page 3 of 6
COMMERCIAL BUILDING
MECHANICAL PERMIT FEES (per unit)
Gas Piping > 5 units (plus <5 units) x $ 2.00 = $
Heat Exchangers x $ 15.00 = $
Heat Pump-Condensing Unit x $ 25.00 = $
Hot Water Heat Coils x $ 15.00 = $
Miscellaneous Appliance - regulated by $ 15.00 $
x =
mechanical code, not otherwise specified
Pkg. Units ≤100btu x $ 25.00 = $
Pkg. Units >100btu x $ 50.00 = $
Range/Cook top-Gas Fired x $ 15.00 = $
Refrigeration Unit ≤100Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $
Refrigeration Unit >100Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $
Refrigeration Unit >500Btu/h x $ 50.00 = $
Re-inspection fee (all) x $ 75.00 = $
Unit Heaters ≤ 100 Btu/h x $ 15.00 = $
Unit Heaters >100 Btu/h x $ 25.00 = $
VAV Boxes (Variable Air Volume, part of air $ 10.00 $
x =
conditioning system)
Wall Heaters - Gas Fired x $ 25.00 = $
Water Heater - Gas Fired x $ 25.00 = $
Permit Fee $
Table 4-8; Plan Review Fee $
Processing/Technology Fee $25.00
Total $
PRESSURE PIPING SCHEMATIC
COMPLETE FOR GAS PIPING ONLY – USE A SEPARATE SHEET, IF NECESSARY
ï² SCHEMATIC IS TO SCALE ï² SCHEMATIC NOT TO SCALE
Show Pipe Size(s) and Length(s) from meter to all appliances
NOTE: Any interior pressure regulators must be indicated
REV03.2022 Page 4 of 6
COMMERCIAL BUILDING
PLUMBING SYSTEM INFORMATION
Plumbing Contractor: None Office No.:
Email Address: Cell No.:
Mailing Address: City: State: Zip:
L&I Contractor License Number: Expiration Date:
The following items need to be specified on the plans:
ï² Fixture specifications and equipment with locations.
ï² Location and type of all backflow assemblies for each fixture.
ï² Calculations for Grease Interceptor.
ï² Pipe size and location of sanitary and potable water systems.
ï² Riser diagram of waste, vent, and rain water systems, including sizes.
ï² Medical gas piping riser diagram, type of gas, storage room and size of piping.
PLUMBING PERMIT FEES (per fixture)
Commercial plumbing permits are required to submit line drawings. A plan review fee of 65% per Table 4-6 for
plumbing permits will be assessed at time of submittal. Includes two (2) inspections with permit.
Type of Fixture No. of Fixtures Cost per Fixture Subtotal
Additional Plan Review fees x $ 75.00 =
Alteration/repair piping x $ 15.00 =
Backflow Assembly x $25.00 =
Base Plumbing Fee $ 25.00 $25.00
Bath/Shower Combo x $ 15.00 =
Building Main Waste x $ 25.00 =
Clothes Washer x $ 15.00 =
Dishwasher x $ 15.00 =
Drinking Fountain x $ 15.00 =
Floor Drains x $ 15.00 =
Grease Interceptor x $ 75.00 =
Grease Trap x $ 25.00 =
Hose Bibb x $ 15.00 =
Icemaker/Refrigerator x $ 15.00 =
Irrigation – per meter x $ 25.00 =
Kitchen Sink & Disposal x $ 15.00 =
Laundry Tray x $ 15.00 =
Lavatory x $ 15.00 =
Med Gas Piping ≤ 5 inlets/outlets x $ 60.00 =
Med Gas Piping > 5 inlets/outlets (plus ≤ 5 x $ 5.00 =
inlets/outlets)
Miscellaneous – regulated by plumbing x $ 15.00 =
code, not otherwise specified
Pretreatment Interceptor x $ 15.00 =
REV03.2022 Page 5 of 6
COMMERCIAL BUILDING
PLUMBING PERMIT FEES (per fixture)
Re-inspection Fee (all) x $ 75.00 =
Roof Drains x $ 15.00 =
Shower (only) x $ 15.00 =
Sink (bar, service, etc.) x $ 15.00 =
Toilets x $ 15.00 =
Urinal x $ 15.00 =
Vacuum Breakers x $ 25.00 =
Water Heater x $ 25.00 =
Water Heater - Tankless x $ 25.00 =
Permit Fee
Table 4-6; Plan Review Fee
Processing/Technology Fee $25.00
Total
PROPOSED BUILDING USE
ï² New ï² Retail ï² Medical ï² Automotive Based ï² Industrial
ï² Office ï² Restaurant ï² Machine Shop ï² Other: ____________________________________
CROSS CONNECTION
Please check all appliances that are proposed or permanently connected to the water supply.
ï² Ice Machine ï² Dialysis Equip. ï² Air washers
ï² Coffee Urn/Espresso ï² Hydrotherapy Equip. ï² Steam Generators
ï² Carbonated Bev. ï² Dental Equip. ï² Dye Vats
ï² Fume Hoods ï² Laboratory Equip. ï² Pressure Washers
ï² Degreasers ï² Autoclave/Sterilizers ï² Cooling Towers
ï² Hot Tub/Spa ï² Decorative Fountain ï² Fire Sprinkler
ï² Aquarium ï² Swimming Pools ï² Sprinkler w/chemicals
ï² Lawn Irrigation ï² Well on property ï² Other: ________________________
WASTEWATER DISCHARGE
Does the plumbing system currently have a grease interceptor? ï² Yes ï² No ï² Don’t Know
Does the plumbing system currently have an oil/water
ï² Yes ï² No ï² Don’t Know
separator?
Is water used in the business process (washing, rinsing,
ï² Yes ï² No ï² Don’t Know
cooling)?
Does your business require a NPDES permit? ï² Yes ï² No ï² Don’t Know
I hereby certify that the above information is correct and that the construction on, and the occupancy and the use of
the above-described property will be in accordance with the laws, rules and regulation of the State of Washington.
Christopher J. Lilley, AIA 7/16/2025
Signature Print Name Date
REV03.2022 Page 6 of 6
Permit #: 6639
Permit Date: 07/22/25
Permit Type: COMMERCIAL BUILDING
Project Name: Haller Bleacher Site Prep
Applicant Name: McGranahanPBK
Applicant Address: 2111 Pacific Avenue
Applicant, City, State, Zip: Tacoma, Wa, 98402
Contact: Chris Lilley
Phone: 2533833084
Email: chris.lilley@mcgranahan.com
Scope of Work: Construction of a concrete slab to serve a foundation for future bleacher
Valuation: 10000.00
Square Feet: 2160
Number of Stories: 0
Construction Type: llB
Occupancy Group: A-4; Assembly
ID Code:
Permit Issued:
Permit Expires: 01/21/2026
Form Permit Type: COMMERCIAL BUILDING
Status: EXPIRED
Assigned To: Hannah Hardwick
Property
Parcel # Address Legal Description Owner Name Owner Phone Zoning
ARLINGTON SCHL 681 Nursery, Primary
31051100102100 600 E 1st St
DIST 16 & Secondary School
Plan Reviews
Date Review Type Description Assigned To Review Status
COMMERCIAL
08/21/2025 BUILDING Approved
BUILDING
Fees
Fee Description Notes Amount
Building Plan Review Table 4-2 $176.01
Processing/Technology $25.00
Building Permit Table 4-1 $270.79
Total $471.80
Uploaded Files
Date File Name
07/22/2025 27444271-20250722_BLD6639_Arch Plans.pdf
07/22/2025 27444272-20250722_BLD6639_App.pdf
07/22/2025 27444273-20250722_BLD6639_Project Manual Bid Set.pdf
PROJECT MANUAL
BID SET
DIVISIONS 00-07
prepared for_
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
regarding_
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP
PROJECT NO. 2010.720
JULY 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 00 00 10, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 TABLE OF CONTENTS
McGranahanPBK
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME 1 OF 1
DIVISION 00 – INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION, BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, AND CONTRACT
REQUIREMENTS
00 40 00 BID FORM
00 50 00 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
AGREEMENT BETWEEN ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT AND CONTRACTOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT
GENERAL CONDITIONS BETWEEN ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT AND CONTRACTOR
DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 10 00 SUMMARY OF WORK
01 10 50 PROJECT MEETINGS
01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS
01 20 00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01 22 00 UNIT PRICES AND ALLOWANCES
01 30 00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
FORM: CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE (CCD)
FORM: PROPOSAL REQUEST (PR)
FORM: CHANGE ORDER FORM (CO)
FORM: NOTICE OF NON-COMPLIANCE (NNC)
FORM: ARCHITECT’S SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS (ASI)
01 30 50 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
01 31 00 PROJECT COORDINATION
01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
01 42 16 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 60 10 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
01 70 00 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
01 72 00 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES
DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE
03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03 35 60 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHES
DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 00 40 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 BID FORM
McGranahanPBK
BID FORM
Bids Due: 2:00 p.m., Tuesday, July 29, 2023
TO: Arlington School District No. 16
315 North French Avenue
Arlington, WA 98223
FOR: HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP
BID OFFER
We have carefully examined and are fully familiar with all the provisions of the Contract Documents and addenda thereto,
as well as the site conditions effecting the work. We agree to perform all the Work and to provide all labor, material,
supervision, management, tools and equipment, incidental field design, goods and services and necessary incidentals to
complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Costs include Overhead, Profit, Bonds and Insurance and
other expenses required to complete Work.
ADDENDUM
We acknowledge receipt of the following Addenda:
Addendum No. ______, Dated __________
Addendum No. ______, Dated __________
BASE BID (excluding sales tax)
The following represents the Cost to perform the Base Bid Work described in the Haller Middle School Bleacher Site Prep
Contract Documents. The amount stated in “Figures†governs in case of discrepancies.
Words: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Figures: ___________________________________________________________________________________
STATE & LOCAL SALES TAX
None of the above bids include State or Local Sales Tax.
OVERHEAD AND PROFIT
The Undersigned agrees that all of the above bids include all Contractor’s overhead and profit or fees.
ACCEPTANCE
This offer shall be open to acceptance and is irrevocable for sixty (60) days from Bid Date. If this Bid is accepted by the
Owner within the time stated above, we will:
1. Execute the Agreement within 7 days of receipt of Intent to Award.
2. Provide required Bonds within 7 days of receipt of Intent to Award.
3. Commence Work under the Contract upon receipt of a written Notice to Proceed.
THE OWNER MAY DECLINE TO ENTER INTO THE CONTRACT, WITHHOLD ITS “NOTICE TO PROCEED,â€
AND / OR WITHHOLD PAYMENT TO THE CONTRACTOR UNTIL SURETY BOND IS RECEIVED.
CONTRACT TIME
The undersigned bidder agrees, if awarded the Contract, to Substantially Complete the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents and within the time specified in the Public Works Contract.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
In the event the bidder is awarded the contract and fails to complete the work within the time limit liquidated damages shall
be paid to the Owner in the manner and at the rates specified in the Public Works Contract.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 00 40 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 BID FORM
McGranahanPBK
CONTRACT & BOND(S)
If written Notice of Intent to Award Contract is issued to the Undersigned within forty-five (45) days after the date of
opening of the bids, or at any time thereafter prior to the bid being withdrawn by the Undersigned, the Undersigned agrees
to execute and deliver a contract in the form required by the Contract Documents and in accordance with the bid as
accepted, with partial payments provided for in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington relating to such
payments for Public Works (Chapter 60.28 RCW); and to provide the Performance and Payment Bond and required
insurance documents as specified with good and sufficient insurers, surety or sureties acceptable to the Owner, within seven
(7) days after issuance of the Notice of Intent to Award Contract, exclusive of the day of notice.
BID SECURITY
The Undersigned further agrees that the postal money order, certified or bank cashier’s check or Bid Bond (collectively
“Bid Securityâ€) payable to the Owner, accompanying this proposal, is left in escrow with the Owner; that its amount is the
measure of liquidated damages which the Owner will sustain by the failure of the Undersigned to execute and deliver the
above-named Contract and Bond, and that if the Undersigned defaults in executing and delivering that Contract and in
providing the Bond and insurance documents within seven (7) days of issuance of Notice of Intent to Award Contract, then
the Bid Guarantee shall be forfeited to the Owner; but if this proposal is not accepted by the Owner within forty-five (45)
days from the time set for the opening of bids, or if the Undersigned executes and delivers said Contract, insurance
documents and Bond, the Bid Guarantee shall be returned to the Undersigned.
BIDDER
Submitted on (date): __________________________________
Legal name of Bidder: __________________________________
Mailing address of Bidder: __________________________________
__________________________________
Telephone No: __________________________________
Facsimile No: __________________________________
WA State Contractors License No: __________________________________
License expiration date: __________________________________
WA State Excise Tax Registration No: __________________________________
Federal I.D. No: __________________________________
Name of Person Authorized to sign: __________________________________
Signature of Person Authorized to sign: __________________________________
Title of Person Authorized to sign: __________________________________
By signing this Bid Form, the bidder attests that within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of this bid
solicitation, the bidder has not been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the
department of labor and industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction, to have
willfully violated, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, any provision of chapter 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW.
END OF BID FORM
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 00 50 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
McGranahanPBK
AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 The Agreement to be executed is attached following this page.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
AGREEMENT BETWEEN ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT
AND CONTRACTOR
PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT
Effective Agreement Date:
The Parties to the Agreement are:
The “School District†Arlington School District No. 16
315 N. French Avenue
Arlington, Washington 98223
Attn: Brian Lewis, Executive Director of Operations
The “Contractor†TBD
Name and General Description of the Project: Haller Middle School Bleacher Site Prep
Construction of a concrete slab and sidewalk. Arlington,
Washington 98223
The Architect or Engineer (“A/Eâ€), if any: McGranahanPBK, P.S.
2111 Pacific Avenue, Suite 100
Tacoma, WA 98402
Contract Sum for the Work: TBD
Retainage Options: â–¡
The School District will retain 10% of the Contract Sum until
(check one) thirty days after Final Acceptance and as described in RCW
39.08.010(3) (this box can only be checked if the Contract Sum is
$150,000 or less; see RCW 39.08.010(3) for further requirements; if
this is selected payment and performance bonds are not required).
â–¡ 5% retainage; to be released upon approval of DOR, ESD,
and L&I and as otherwise required by statute and this
Agreement (required for projects exceeding $150,000 or if
option above not selected; if this is selected payment and
performance bonds are required).
Payment and Performance Bond â–¡ Required.
(check one)
â–¡ Not required (this box can only be checked if the Contract Sum is
$150,000 and less and the first box is checked under Payment /
Retainage Options above)
Date of Substantial Completion of the Work:
Date of Final Completion of the Work: Thirty days after reaching Substantial Completion
Liquidated Damages, if any: $500 per calendar day
Accepted Alternates, if any: N/A
Unit Prices, if any: N/A
Addenda, if any:
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
The School District and Contractor agree as set forth below
ARTICLE 1: THE WORK. The Contractor shall fully execute and complete the entire Work described in
the Contract Documents, which include the Request for Bids, Project Drawings, and the other published
bidding documents.
ARTICLE 2: COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL AND FINAL COMPLETION
2.1 The date of commencement of the Work (the date from which the Contract Time is measured) is the date of this
Agreement.
2.2 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion and Final Completion of the entire Work as specified above,
subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 3: THE CONTRACT SUM. The School District shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum on account of the
Contractor’s performance of the Agreement, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 4: PAYMENT. The School District will pay the Contractor within thirty days of receipt of monthly
Applications for Payment in accordance with the Agreement. The School District will make final payment after Final
Completion, within thirty days of receipt of a final Application for Payment, provided that an approved “Statement of Intent
to Pay Prevailing Wages,†an approved “Affidavit of Wages Paid,†and all releases have been submitted. Retention shall be
paid per statute.
ARTICLE 5: PERMITS AND FEES
5.1 The School District will secure and pay for only the following permits: Demolition Permit. The Contractor
shall prepare documents for, secure, and pay for all other permits required for the Work.
5.2 The School District shall secure and pay for approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for the
use or occupancy of permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities.
ARTICLE 6: ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents include this executed
Agreement, including the attached General Conditions, any Supplementary and other Conditions of the Agreement, the
Specifications, the Drawings, any Addenda, and the prevailing wage rates. In the event of a conflict or discrepancy among or
in the Contract Documents, interpretation shall be governed in the following order of priority:
1. Agreement
2. Any Special or Supplemental Conditions
3. The attached General Conditions
4. Scope of Work
5. Specifications
6. Drawings
ARLINGTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS CONTRACTOR
By By
(Signature) (Signature)
(Printed name and title) (Printed name and title)
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 7 will be binding on the Contractor, who shall perform the Work
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS involved promptly.
8.6 If the Contractor believes that a written clarification
7.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include
or interpretation, a Construction Change Directive or any
all items necessary for the proper execution and completion
interpretation justifies an increase in the Contract Sum or an
of the Work by the Contractor. The Contractor’s
extension of the Contract Time, and the parties are unable to
performance is required to the extent consistent with the
agree to its amount or extent, the Contractor may make a Claim
Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as
therefor as provided in this Agreement, as soon as possible and
being necessary to produce the intended results.
no later than fourteen days after receipt of the clarification,
interpretation, or Construction Change Directive.
7.2 “Work†means the construction and services
required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor,
8.7 The A/E and School District will also have authority
materials, equipment and services to be provided by the
to require special inspection or testing of the Work, whether or
Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations.
not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
ARTICLE 8
8.8 Neither the A/E’s or School District’s authority to act
ADMINISTRATION OF THE AGREEMENT
under this Article 8 nor elsewhere in the Contract Documents,
nor any decision made by the A/E or School District in good
8.1 The School District and/or A/E will provide
faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority shall give
administration of the Agreement. Neither School District nor
rise to any duty or responsibility of the A/E or the School
any Project Manager or A/E representatives are authorized
District to the Contractor, any Subcontractor of any tier, or any
to revoke, alter, relax or release any requirements of the
other person or organization performing any of the Work, or to
Contract Documents, to issue instructions contrary to the
any surety for any of them.
Contract Documents, or to approve or accept any portion of
the Work not executed in accordance with the Contract
ARTICLE 9
Documents.
THE CONTRACTOR
8.2 The School District or A/E may reject Work that, in
9.1 Using its best skill and attention, the Contractor
its opinion, does not conform to the Contract Documents. The
shall perform, supervise and direct the Work. The Contractor
School District or A/E may visit the site at intervals it
shall be solely responsible for and have control over
considers appropriate to the stage of the Work to become
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences,
generally familiar with the progress and quality of the
procedures and personnel, for safety, and for coordinating
completed Work. However, neither the School District nor the
all portions of the Work under the Agreement. The
A/E will be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite
Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials,
inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work.
equipment, tools and machinery, transportation, and other
facilities and services necessary for the proper execution
8.3 The A/E and School District will not have control
and completion of the Work.
over or charge of and will not be responsible for means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety 9.2 Subcontractors. A “Subcontractor†is a person or
precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since entity that has a direct contract with the Contractor to
these are solely the Contractor’s responsibility. perform a portion of the Work at the Site or to supply
materials or equipment. A “Subcontractor of any tierâ€
8.4 The A/E or School District will issue such written includes Subcontractors and all lower level subcontractors
clarifications or interpretations as to matters of design and suppliers. As soon as practicable and no later than five
interpretation (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as the days after award of the Agreement, the Contractor shall
A/E or School District may determine necessary, which shall confirm in writing to the School District the names of the
be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall Subcontractors for each portion of the Work.
intent of the Contract Documents.
9.3 Compliance with Law. The Contractor, its
8.5 The A/E or School District may authorize minor employees, Subcontractors of any tier and representatives,
variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, statutes,
Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the rules and regulations, federal and state, county and
Contract Sum or the Contract Time and are consistent with municipal, and particularly those relating to wages, hours,
the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These will be fair employment practices, non-discrimination, safety and
accomplished by a Minor Change in the Work instrument and working conditions.
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
9.9 Indemnification. Subject to the following conditions,
9.3.1 Prevailing Wages. Pursuant to RCW the Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the
39.12, no worker, laborer, or mechanic shall be paid less School District, any listed A/E, and their respective agents,
than the “prevailing rate of wage†in effect on the Bid Date. employees, consultants, successors and assigns (“Indemnified
Applicable prevailing wages for the county in which the Partiesâ€) from and against all claims, damages, losses and
Project is located and are available at expenses, direct and indirect, or consequential, including costs
http://www.lni.wa.gov/TradesLicensing/PrevWage/Wage and attorneys’ fees incurred on such claims and in proving
Rates/default.asp. A copy is available for viewing at the the right to indemnification, arising out of or resulting from
School District’s office, and a hard copy will be mailed any act or omission of the Contractor, its agents, any of its
upon request. To the extent that there is any discrepancy Subcontractors of any tier, and anyone directly or indirectly
between the attached or provided schedule of prevailing employed by the Contractor or Subcontractors of any tier
wage rates and the published rates as are applicable under (“Indemnitorâ€). The Contractor will fully indemnify the
WAC 296-127-011, or if no schedule is attached, then the Indemnified Parties for the sole negligence of the Indemnitor.
applicable published rates shall apply at no increase to the The Contractor will indemnify the Indemnified Parties for the
Contract Sum. concurrent negligence of the Indemnitor to the extent of the
Indemnitor’s negligence. The Contractor has no duty to
9.3.2 Hours of Labor. The Contractor shall indemnify the Indemnified Parties for the sole negligence of the
comply with all applicable provisions of RCW 49.28. Indemnified Parties. The Contractor agrees to being added by
the School District as a party to any arbitration or litigation
9.3.3 Workers’ Right to Know. The with third parties in which the School District alleges
Contractor shall comply with RCW 49.70 and WAC 296- indemnification or contribution from an Indemnitor. The
62-054 regarding workplace surveys and material safety Contractor agrees that all of its Subcontractors of any tier
data sheets for “hazardous†chemicals at the Site. will, in the subcontracts, similarly stipulate; in the event any
does not, the Contractor shall be liable in place of such
9.4 Workers. The Contractor shall enforce strict Subcontractor(s). PROVIDED FURTHER that the Contractor
discipline and good order among persons carrying out agrees to waive its immunity under the Washington State
the Work and shall not permit employment of unfit Industrial Act (Title 51 RCW) as to the Indemnified Parties
persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. A only. To the extent a court or arbitrator strikes any portion
person shall be unfit and removed from the Work who of this indemnification provision for any reason, all remaining
has been found guilty of any felony crime as specified provisions shall retain their vitality and effect.
in RCW 28A.400.330, generally regarding crimes against
children. 9.10 Records. The Contractor shall maintain and
preserve books, ledgers, records, estimates, correspondence,
9.5 Warranty. The Contractor warrants that materials logs, schedules, electronic data and other documents relating or
and equipment furnished under the Agreement will be of pertaining to the costs and/or performance of the Agreement
good quality and new, that the Work will be performed in a (“recordsâ€). Within seven days of the School District’s
skillful and workmanlike manner, free from defects not request, the Contractor shall make available at the Contractor’s
inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the office all records for inspection, audit and reproduction
Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract (including electronic reproduction) by the School District’s
Documents. representatives. These requirements apply to each
Subcontractor of any tier. The Contractor agrees, on behalf of
9.6 Submittals. The Contractor shall review, approve itself and Subcontractors of any tier, that the invocation of any
and submit to the School District with reasonable rights under RCW 42.56 shall initiate an equivalent right to
promptness Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and disclosures from the Contractor and Subcontractors of any tier
similar submittals required by the Contract Documents. The for the benefit of the School District.
Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals.
ARTICLE 10
CONSTRUCTION NOT BY THE CONTRACTOR
9.7 Progress Schedule. Within five days of execution
of this Agreement, the Contractor shall submit a schedule
10.1 The School District may perform construction or
of the Work to the School District.
operations related to the Project with its own forces and to
award separate contracts in connection with other portions
9.8 Clean-Up. The Contractor shall keep the premises
of the Project.
and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste
materials caused by operations under the Agreement.
10.2 The Contractor shall afford the School District and
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
separate contractors reasonable opportunity for the the site that are (1) concealed physical conditions that differ
introduction and storage of their materials and equipment materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or
and performance of their activities, and shall connect and (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that
coordinate the Contractor’s construction and operations as differ materially from those ordinarily found and generally
required by the Contract Documents. recognized as inherent in activities of the character provided
for in the Contract Documents, then the Contractor shall give
ARTICLE 11 written notice to the School District promptly before
CHANGES IN THE WORK conditions are disturbed and in no event later than seven
days after the first observance on the conditions. Any Claim
11.1 The School District, without invalidating the arising from such condition shall be made in accordance with
Agreement, may order changes in the Work consisting of the dispute resolution procedures of Article 19.
additions, deletions or modifications (“Changesâ€), and the
Contract Sum and Contract Time will be adjusted ARTICLE 12
accordingly. Changes in the Work, the Contract Sum and/or TIME
the Contract Time shall be authorized only in writing,
through a Change Order or a Construction Change 12.1 If, through no fault of the Contractor or a
Directive. Subcontractor of any tier, the Work is delayed by changes
ordered in the Work, unanticipated general labor disputes,
11.1.1 Change Orders. A Change Order is a fire, unforeseeable delay in deliveries, abnormal adverse
written instrument signed by the School District and the weather conditions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable
Contractor stating their agreement upon a change in the casualties or any other causes beyond the Contractor’s
Work, the amount of any adjustment in the Contract Sum, control, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change
and the extent of any adjustment in the Contract Time. Order to the extent the critical path is affected. The Contractor
is entitled to damages for delay only if the School District’s
11.1.2 Construction Change Directives. A actions or inactions were the actual, substantial cause of the
Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared delay and if the Contractor could not have reasonably avoided
and signed by the School District that directs a change in the the delay by the exercise of due diligence. The Contractor is
Work and states a proposed basis for any adjustment in the not entitled to an increase in the Contract Time or Contract
Contract Sum and/or Contract Time. It is used in the Sum if a delay was caused by the Contractor, a Subcontractor
absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. of any tier, or anyone acting on behalf of any of them.
The Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in
the Work described in the Construction Change Directive. 12.2 The timely completion of this Project is essential to
As soon as possible, and within seven days of receipt, the the School District. The School District will incur serious and
Contractor shall advise the School District in writing of the substantial damages if Substantial Completion of the Work
Contractor’s agreement or disagreement with the cost or the does not occur within the Contract Time; however, it may be
method, if any, provided in the Construction Change difficult if not impossible to determine the amount of such
Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the damages. Consequently, the Agreement may include
Contract Sum or Contract Time. provisions for liquidated damages, which are not affected
by partial completion, occupancy, or beneficial occupancy. If
11.2 If the parties cannot agree on the cost or credit this Agreement does not include liquidated damages, then the
to the School District from a Change in the Work, the School District may pursue its actual damages resulting from
Contractor shall keep and present an itemized accounting delay.
with supporting data. The total cost of any Change or Claim
shall be limited to the reasonable value of the direct labor ARTICLE 13
costs, material costs, construction equipment usage costs for
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
the actual time equipment appropriate for the Work is used
solely on the Change in the Work, the cost of any change
13.1 Payments. Payment shall be made as provided in
in insurance. Subcontractor costs, and a Fee for all
this Agreement. If progress payments are specified, they
combined overhead and profit, including impact costs of
will be made as specified in the Specifications Section,
any kind, limited to 15% of the cost for any materials or
Application for Payment, and, pursuant to RCW 60.28, the
work performed by a Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s own
School District will reserve five percent (5%) from the
forces, and 8% on amounts due to lower-tier Subcontractors
moneys the Contractor earns on estimates during the
progress of the Work, to be retained as a trust fund for the
11.3 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions.
protection and payment of the claims of any person arising
If conditions unknown to the Contractor are encountered at
under the Agreement and the state with respect to taxes
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
imposed pursuant to Title 82 RCW that may be due from Substantially Complete, nor does such occupation toll or
the Contractor. The moneys reserved may, at the option of change any liquidated damages due the School District.
the Contractor, be (1) retained in a fund by the School
District until forty-five days following Final Acceptance; or 13.4.2 Immediately before any occupancy, the
(2) deposited by the School District in an interest-bearing School District will schedule an inspection tour of the area to
account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan be occupied. Representatives of the School District and
association, not subject to withdrawal until forty-five days Contractor will jointly tour the area and record items still
following Final Acceptance, with interest to the Contractor; remaining to be finished or corrected. The Contractor shall
or (3) placed in escrow with a bank or trust company until supply and install any items missed by the inspection but
forty-five days following the Final Acceptance, by the required or necessary for Final Completion as a part of the
School District’s joint check to the bank or trust company Contract Sum.
and the Contractor, to be converted into bonds and securities
chosen by the Contractor, approved by the School District, 13.5 Final Payment. Pursuant to RCW 60.28,
and held in escrow, with interest on the bonds and securities completion of the contract Work shall occur and final
paid to the Contractor as it accrues. If moneys are retained payment shall become due after the Contractor has been
from the Contractor, it may retain payment of not more than notified that the Work has been concluded and submits the
five percent (5%) from the moneys earned by any items listed below to the School District, any required
Subcontractor, provided that the Contractor pays interest to occupancy permit has been issued and the School District’s
the Subcontractor at the same interest rate it receives from Board of Directors formally accepts the Project.
its reserved funds.
.1 An affidavit that all payrolls, Subcontractors, bills
13.2 Prevailing Wages. The Contractor shall comply for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected
with all applicable provisions of RCW 39.12, including but with the Work for which the School District might be
not limited to submission of approved “Statements of Intent responsible or encumbered, have been paid or otherwise
to Pay Prevailing Wage,†payment of all L&I fees, satisfied.
submission and posting of approved “Statements of Intent
to Pay Prevailing Wages†and payment of prevailing wages. .2 A certificate evidencing that insurance required by
the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment
13.3 Withheld Payment. Payment may be withheld on is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to
account of (1) defective Work not remedied, (2) claims filed expire until at least thirty days’ prior written notice has been
by third parties, (3) failure of the Contractor to make given to the School District.
payments properly for labor, materials or equipment, (4)
damage to the School District or another contractor, (5) .3 Other data establishing payment or satisfaction of or
reasonable evidence that the unpaid balance would not be protection (satisfactory to the School District) against all
adequate to cover delay damages for which the Contractor obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens
is responsible, (6) failure to carry out the Work in arising out of the Agreement, satisfactorily demonstrating to
accordance with the Contract Documents, or (7) liquidated the School District that the claims of Subcontractors and
damages. laborers who have filed claims have been paid.
13.4 Substantial Completion. .4 Pursuant to RCW 39.12.040, required “Affidavits of
Wages Paid.â€
13.4.1 When the Contractor believes that the
Work is Substantially Complete, it shall notify the School
.5 Pursuant to RCW 50.24, a certificate from the
District in writing. When the School District agrees, it will
Department of Employment Security. A certified statement
issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. Substantial
that the Contractor has closed all necessary permits or
Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when
otherwise met the requirements of all governing jurisdictions
the construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with
related to this Project.
the Contract Documents, so the School District can fully
utilize the Work (or a designated portion) for its intended
.6 All warranties, guarantees, certificates, spare parts,
use. All Work other than incidental corrective or punch list
specified excess material, and other documents or items
work and final cleaning shall have been completed. The
required by the Contract Documents.
Work is not Substantially Complete if all systems and parts
affected by the Work are not usable. The fact that the
.7 A legible hard copy of the as-built drawings.
School District may use or occupy the Work or designated
portion thereof does not indicate that the Work is
.8 Original permits and permit documents.
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
(“PCBâ€), unless identified as the Contractor’s responsibility in
If any Subcontractor of any tier refuses to furnish a release the Contract Documents.
or waiver required by the School District, the School
District may retain such amount as to defray the cost of ARTICLE 15
foreclosing the liens of such claims and to pay attorneys’ INSURANCE AND BONDS
fees, the total of which shall be no less than 150% of the
claimed amount. If any such lien remains unsatisfied after 15.1 Contractor’s Liability Insurance. The
all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Contractor shall purchase from and maintain during the life of
School District all moneys that the School District may be this Agreement, at its own cost in a company or companies
compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all admitted to do business in the State of Washington possessing
costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. a Best’s policyholder’s rating of A- or better and a financial
rating of no less than VII, and reasonably acceptable to the
13.6 Waivers. School District, an occurrence- based Commercial General
Liability Insurance Policy and such other insurance as will
13.6.1 Final Payment by School District. The provide protection from claims set forth below which may
making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims arise out of or result from Contractor’s operations under the
by the School District except those arising from (1) claims Contract Documents, whether to be performed or furnished by
or encumbrances arising out of the Agreement and Contractor, by any Subcontractor, by anyone directly or
unsettled; (2) failure of the Work to comply with the indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any
requirements of the Contract Documents; or (3) terms of of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be
warranties required by the Contract Documents or law. liable:
13.6.2 Final Payment to Contractor. Acceptance 15.1.1 Claims under workers’ or workmen’s
of final payment by the Contractor shall constitute a waiver compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee
of Claims except those previously made in writing and benefit acts, including Contingent Employers Liability (Stop
identified in writing as unsettled on the final Application for Gap);
Payment.
15.1.2 Claims for damages because of bodily
13.6.3 Change Orders. The execution of a injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of
Change Order shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Contractor’s employees;
Contractor arising out of the Work to be performed or
deleted pursuant to the Change Order, except as specifically 15.1.3 Claims for damages because of bodily
described in the Change Order. If the Contractor adds a injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
reservation of rights that has not been initialed by the Contractor’s employees;
School District, any amounts previously agreed to shall be
considered disputed and not payable. 15.1.4 Claims for damages insured by personal
injury liability coverage as defined under the ISO commercial
13.7 Warranty of Title. The Contractor warrants and general liability form CG 00 01;
guarantees that title to Work, materials and equipment
covered by payment, whether incorporated in the Project or 15.1.5 Claims for damages, other than to the Work
not, will pass to the School District no later than the time of itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property
payment, free and clear of liens. wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom;
ARTICLE 14 15.1.6 Claims arising out of operation of Laws or
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death
of any person or for damage to property. This coverage will
14.1 The Contractor shall have the right to control include claims by third parties, including School District for
and shall be solely responsible, and the School District shall bodily injury, sickness or disease, property damage and/or
not have responsibility, for all aspects of safety. The clean-up caused by the abatement of materials deemed to be
Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety on hazardous materials by State and Federal authorities. The
site, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent scope of insurance coverage shall encompass the abatement
damage, injury or loss. of lead paint and asbestos as well as any other hazardous
materials;
14.2 The Contractor shall not be required to perform
Work relating to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl 15.1.7 Claims for damages because of bodily
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
injury or death of any person or property damage arising out a deductible or self-insured retention of no
of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle, greater than $10,000.
including coverage for Owned Motor Vehicles, Non-Owned (d) In addition, the Contractor shall maintain an
Motor Vehicles and Hired or Borrowed Motor Vehicles. umbrella policy following form that provides
Coverage shall also cover the clean-up of pollutants caused excess limits over the primary layer, in an
by the up-set or over turn of vehicles carrying hazardous amount not less than $2,000,000.
materials; and
.3. $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury
liability including sickness, disease or death and
15.1.8 The School District and its employees,
property damage liability because of damage to or
officers, directors, agents and consultants shall be named as
destruction of property of others, including loss of use
additional insureds using form CG 20 10 11/85 or its
thereof arising out of the operation of automobiles.
equivalent on such policies (other than State Workers
Compensation) for Work performed under this Agreement
15.3 Property Insurance. The School District shall insure
and for claims arising out of or caused in whole or in part by
the property in the amount of its insurable replacement cost,
the Contractor’s negligent acts or omissions. The
including additions and alterations, against “all risks†of
Contractor’s policy shall be designated primary coverage
physical loss. The policies shall inure to the benefit of the
(non-contributory) for both defense and indemnity, and any
School District only. Upon the occurrence of an insured loss,
School District policies excess. The School District’s
the School District shall have the power to adjust and settle
specification or approval of this insurance or of its amount
any loss with the insurers. The Contractor shall bear the risk
shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor
of any loss, damage or destruction to its own property,
under the Contract Documents or otherwise. Policies shall
including material and equipment that will be incorporated in
contain a provision that the School District shall be given
the Work, unless the District has procured a Builders Risk
thirty days’ written notice by certified mail before
policy for the project. Any insurance provided by the School
cancellation of any insurance or reduction of the amount
District will not cover any such loss, damage or destruction,
thereof, or any alteration, modification or restriction
unless the School District procures builder’s risk.
thereto.
15.4 Waiver of Subrogation. The School District and the
15.1.9 The comprehensive general liability
Contractor waive all rights against each other and any of their
insurance required by this section must include claims
subcontractors of any tier, the A/E, their consultants, separate
involving blanket contractual liability insurance (included
contractors (if any), and any of their respective agents and
and defined in the Commercial General Liability Insurance
employees, for damages to the extent covered by the insurance
Policy) applicable to the Contractor’s obligations under
obtained pursuant to Article 15, except such rights as they have
Section 9.9.
to proceeds of such insurance held by the School District as
fiduciary. The School District does not waive any subrogation
15.2 Insurance Amounts. The insurance required by
rights to the extent of its property insurance on structures or
these General Conditions shall be written on an occurrence
portions of structures that do not comprise the Work. A waiver
basis, for not less than the following (or greater if required
of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even
by law):
.1 Worker’s Compensation though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of
(a) State: Statutory indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the
(b) Employer’s Liability: $1,000,000 insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not
(c) Washington Stop Gap the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property
damaged.
.2. Comprehensive General Liability (including
Premises-Operations; Independent Contractor’s 15.5 Payment and Performance Bond. If the Contractor
Protective; Blanket Contractual Liability; Products is required to secure a payment and performance bond (see
and Completed Operations; Broad-Form Property cover page), it shall be in the amount of the Contract Sum
Damage): plus sales tax and shall comply with RCW 39.08 in a form
(a) Bodily Injury; Property Damage; and with a surety approved by the School District.
Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000 each
Occurrence and $2,000,000 general aggregate
ARTICLE 16
(b) Products and Completed Operations of
CORRECTION OF WORK
$1,000,000 each Occurrence and $2,000,000
general aggregate to be maintained for three
16.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected
years after final payment.
or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract
(c) The coverages required above shall have
Documents at any time through a period of one year from the
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
date of Substantial Completion of the Agreement or by Completion of the Work within the Contract Time; the
terms of a longer manufacturer’s warranty or an applicable Contractor’s material disregard of laws, ordinances, rules,
special warranty required by the Contract Documents. regulations or orders of any public authority having
jurisdiction; the Contractor’s being adjudged bankrupt,
16.2 If the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in making a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents a receiver being appointed on account of the Contractor’s
or fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract insolvency; or the Contractor’s failure to comply with RCW
Documents, the School District, by a written order, may 28A.400.330 (generally, a worker having contact with
order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion children who has been found guilty of a felony crime
thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated. involving children).
16.3 Nothing in this Article shall establish a period
of limitation with respect to other obligations that the 18.3 Termination for Convenience by School District. The
Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. School District may, at any time upon ten days’ written
notice to the Contractor, terminate without prejudice the whole
ARTICLE 17 or any portion of the Work for the convenience of the School
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS District. The School District shall be liable to Contractor only
for (1) the amount due under this Agreement for the Work
17.1 Applicable Law and Venue. The Agreement properly performed prior to the termination and (2) other
shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington, pre-approved costs, consistent with Paragraph 11.2, necessary
without regard to its choice of law provisions. The and reasonably incurred in connection with the termination.
exclusive venue for any litigation regarding this Agreement
shall be in Superior Court in the county in which the Project 18.4 Effects of Termination.
is located.
18.4.1 The total sum to be paid to the Contractor
17.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with under this Article shall not exceed the Contract Sum as
applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of public reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made.
authorities, including but not limited to RCW 39.06 and
RCW 18.27 (Registration), RCW 49.60 (Discrimination), 18.4.2 Unless the School District directs
RCW 70.92 (Aged and Handicapped Persons), WAC 296- otherwise, after receipt of a Notice of Termination by the
155 (Safety Standards), RCW 50.24 (Unemployment School District, the Contractor shall: promptly stop Work as
Compensation), Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988 (Drug- specified in the Notice of Termination; place no further orders
Free Workplace), RCW 9.41.280 (Weapons), and RCW or subcontracts, except as necessary for completion of non-
49.26 (any asbestos removal). Smoking or use of any kind terminated Work; procure cancellation of all orders and
of lighted smoking equipment, material or smokeless subcontracts to the extent related to the performance of
tobacco products is prohibited on all School District terminated Work; assign to the School District all of its
property. right, title and interest under all orders and subcontracts;
with the School District’s approval, settle outstanding
ARTICLE 18 liabilities and claims arising out of the termination of orders
TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT and subcontracts not assigned to the School District; transfer
title and deliver to the entity or entities designated by the
18.1 Termination for Cause by Contractor. If the School District the fabricated or un-fabricated parts, Work in
School District fails to make payment for a period of sixty process or completed, partially completed supplies and
days through no fault of the Contractor, the Contractor equipment, materials, tools, dies, jigs and other fixtures,
may, upon seven additional days’ written notice, supplies and other material produced as part of, or acquired in
terminate the Agreement and recover from the School connection with the performance of, the Work terminated,
District payment for all Work executed, in accordance with and the completed or partially completed plans, drawings,
the Agreement. information and other property related to the Work; take such
action as may be necessary or directed by the School District
18.2 Termination for Cause by School District. The to preserve and protect the Work and property related to this
School District may, upon seven days’ written notice to Project in the possession of the Contractor in which the School
the Contractor, terminate without prejudice the whole or any District has an interest; and continue performance only to the
portion of the Work for cause, including but not limited extent not terminated.
to the Contractor’s material breach of this Agreement; the
Contractor’s failure to prosecute the Work or any portion 18.4.3 The damages and relief from termination
thereof with sufficient diligence to ensure the Substantial under this Paragraph 18.4 shall be the Contractor’s sole
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
entitlement in the event of termination.
ARTICLE 19
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
19.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question
of the Contractor arising out of, or relating to, the Contract
Documents or the breach thereof (“Claimsâ€) shall be
decided exclusively by the following dispute resolution
procedure. The Contractor shall diligently carry on the Work
and maintain the progress schedule during the dispute
resolution procedure, unless the parties mutually agree in
writing otherwise.
19.2 Notice of Claim. The Contractor shall submit
notice of all Claims to the School District in writing within
seven days of the event giving rise to them.
19.3 Claim Submission. Within fourteen days of the
event giving rise to the Claim, the Contractor shall provide
the School District with a written Claim that includes a
clear description of the Claim, all changes sought in cost
and in time, and data supporting the Claim. Failure to timely
file either the Notice of Claim to the Claim itself shall
constitute a waiver of the Contractor’s right to pursue the
Claim.
19.4 Mediation. The Contractor may bring no Claim
against the School District unless the Claim is first subject
to mediation under the Construction Mediation Rules of the
American Arbitration Association (“AAAâ€). To initiate the
mediation process, the Contractor shall submit a written
mediation request to the School District. If the parties are
unable to agree upon a mediator within thirty days after the
School District’s receipt of the written request for
mediation, either party may submit a request for mediation
to the AAA. Other parties in interest, such as
Subcontractors, shall also attend the mediation session. All
unresolved Claims in the Project shall be considered at
a single mediation session that shall occur prior to Final
Acceptance by the School District.
19.5 Litigation. The Contractor may not bring
litigation on a Claim unless the Claim has been properly
addressed in the above dispute resolution procedure.
Litigation by the Contractor must be filed within 120 days
after the Date of Substantial Completion. The pendency
of mediation shall toll these filing requirements.
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16
Agreement between School District and Contractor
148398053.1
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 10 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 SUMMARY OF WORK
McGranahanPBK
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 PROJECT
A. Project Name: Haller Middle School Bleacher Site Prep
B. Project Location: 600 E 1st St., Arlington, WA. 98223-4660.
C. Owner: Arlington School District No. 16. (also known as Arlington Public Schools)
D. Architect: McGranahanPBK, 2111 Pacific Avenue, Suite 100, Tacoma Washington 98402.
1. Architect contact: Connor Lilley. Address: 2111 Pacific Avenue, Suite 100, Tacoma, WA, 98402;
2. Email: Connor.Lilley@mcgranahan.com; Phone: (253) 383-3084.
E. Work Summary: The project consists of construction of a concrete slab and sidewalk, fine grading, and seeding
of previously disturbed areas.
F. The Haller Middle School will be occupied during this work. The area of the site immediately adjacent to the
Work will not be in use during work hours, prior to September 3, 2025.
1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION
A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Guaranteed Construction Cost.
1. Agreement Between Arlington School District N and Contractor, as modified.
2. General Conditions Between Arlington School District and Contractor, as modified.
1.03 PERMITS
A. The Owner will pay for the Building Permit from the City of Arlington. The Contractor may be required by the
City to physically present documents and pick up this permit. Any costs associated with picking up the permits
from City of Arlington shall be included in the Contractor’s bid.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing and paying for any required permits related to providing
temporary facilities necessary for the execution of the work. Costs for such permits shall be included in the
Contractor’s bid.
C. It is not anticipated that any other permits will be required for this project. However, if additional permits are
required by the authorities having jurisdiction the Owner will either secure those permits directly or direct the
Contractor to secure those permits. If the Owner directs the contractor to secure the permits the owner will
reimburse the Contractor for all permit costs. This is a reimbursement and no markup will be allowed beyond
the cost of the permit.
D. General business or other license fees etc. associated with Contractor’s general office operation or for the
temporary installment of trailers, etc., shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
E. Prior to final acceptance, the approved, signed permits shall be delivered to the owner.
1.04 OWNERS ACCESS TO THE SITE
A. Owner intends to continue to partially occupy existing buildings and areas of the site adjacent to the limits of
work during the entire construction period.
1. Contractor shall organize the site and Work in such a manner as to maintain access to and egress from
existing buildings.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 10 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 SUMMARY OF WORK
McGranahanPBK
2. The Contractor will coordinate any activities that will limit access to the existing buildings with the
Owner, in advance, including providing at least 2 weeks prior notice.
1.05 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF THE SITE
A. The contractor may use the areas of the site shown on the Drawings.
1. Contractor shall be responsible to determine the best use of the areas available and sequence the execution
of the Work, including deliveries and storage of materials accordingly.
2. If the Contractor determines that the allowable areas on the site do not provide adequate space for parking
for workers at any stage of the project the Contractor will be responsible to provide adequate parking at an
offsite location and transport for workers to and from that parking. All costs for offsite parking will be
included in the Contractor’s bid.
3. At no time are construction personnel from the Contractor or any Subcontractor or supplier from any tier
allowed to park in the adjacent residential neighborhoods.
4. See section 01 14 00 Work Restrictions for additional requirements.
1.06 SCHEDULE AND PHASING
A. Coordinate construction schedule and operations to comply with the following dates:
1. Anticipated Notice to Proceed: August 1, 2025
2. Anticipated Date of Commencement of on-site work: Immediately following Notice to Proceed.
3. Substantial Completion for the project: 30 calendar days from Notice to Proceed.
4. Final Completion shall be no later than 30 calendar days following the date of Substantial Completion.
1.07 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
A. Per the Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Liquidated Damages shall be as follows:
1. $500.00 per day for delay in achieving Substantial Completion.
2. $500 per day for every day that Final Completion is delayed beyond 30 calendar days.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 10 50, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PROJECT MEETINGS
McGranahanPBK
PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Pre-Construction Meeting will be held upon issuance of a permit.
B. Meeting Location: To be determined. This meeting is to review contract administration requirements and
mobilization procedure.
C. Attendance is required of the following:
1. Owner’s Representative(s);
2. Contractor's Superintendent, Project Engineer and Project Manager;
3. Architect and Architect’s consultants; and
4. Others, as appropriate.
D. Architect will:
1. Preside, conduct meeting, and publish agenda.
2. Record, reproduce, and distribute copies of minutes within two business days of meeting to all meeting
participants.
E. Agenda: Discussion will pertain to detailed information, such as:
1. Communications chain and persons authorized to direct changes;
2. The Work;
3. Work sequence, phasing, and occupancy;
4. Contractor use of premises;
5. Special project procedures;
6. Review Architect’s Electronic Project Management Service project management site;
7. Procedures and processing:
a. Application for payments,
b. Change Orders, (CO),
c. Requests for Information (RFI),
d. Field decisions,
e. Submittals,
f. Others as appropriate.
8. Project Record documents;
9. Construction facilities, controls, and construction aids;
10. Temporary utilities;
11. Security procedures;
12. Safety and first-aid procedures;
13. Housekeeping procedures;
14. Utility shutdowns;
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 10 50, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PROJECT MEETINGS
McGranahanPBK
15. Parking; and
16. Others, as appropriate.
F. Contractor shall conduct a like meeting covering the same body of information with each and every
Subcontractor prior to the performance of any work on site by that Subcontractor. Contractor shall preside over,
conduct, record these minutes, and distribute. Owner, Owner’s Representative, and/or Architect may, at their
option, attend the Contractor meetings. Irrespective of Owner, Owner’s Representative, and/or Architect’s
attendance at the Contractor meetings, Contractor shall distribute meeting minutes to Owner’s Representative
and Architect.
1.02 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Progress meetings will occur weekly.
B. Meeting Locations: Contractor's project field office, unless otherwise agreed.
C. Attendance is required of the following:
1. Owner’s Representative(s);
2. Contractor's Superintendent and Project Manager;
3. Architect;
4. Others, as requested.
D. Architect will:
1. Preside, conduct meeting, and publish agenda in advance.
2. Record, reproduce, and distribute copies of minutes within two business days of meeting to all meeting
participants.
E. Agenda: Discussion will pertain to detailed information, such as:
1. Contract Status:
a. Change Orders,
b. CCDs,
c. Pay Applications,
2. Hot Issues:
a. Limited to matters needing immediate attention requiring input for all attendees.
3. Schedule:
a. Master Schedule.
b. Short Interval Schedule.
c. Recovery Schedule.
4. Quality Control:
a. Testing agencies.
b. School District Maintenance Inspections or 3rd party Inspections.
c. City Inspections.
d. Daily Contractor Reports.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 10 50, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PROJECT MEETINGS
McGranahanPBK
e. Safety Issues.
f. Architect and Consultant observation reports.
5. Supplemental Information:
a. Change Order Proposals.
b. Submittals.
6. Requests for Information:
a. Review status and logs.
7. New Business and Follow up Issues:
a. Issues Outstanding.
b. Contractor’s claims.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 14 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 WORK RESTRICTIONS
McGranahanPBK
WORK RESTRICTIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Restrictions on the Contractor’s and subcontractor’s use of site and premises
B. Owner’s occupancy and access requirements
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work.
B. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements.
C. Section 01 32 16 - Construction Progress Schedule.
D. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls.
1.03 RESTRICTIONS ON CONTRACTOR’S AND SUBCONTRACTORS’ USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Parking Restrictions
1. Parking on site by Contractor and subcontractors is restricted to “Construction Staging†areas identified on
the Contract Documents.
2. If the Contractor determines that the on-site area is not sufficient to allow adequate parking for all workers
at any stage of the project the Contractor shall be responsible to secure adequate parking at an off-site
location and provide transport for workers between that site and the project site. All costs associated with
any required off-site parking shall be included in the Contractor’s bid.
3. Contractor’s and Subcontractors’ personnel can use onsite parking areas when school is not in session.
They cannot park in adjacent properties or neighborhoods unless they have secured written permission
from the adjacent property owners to use their property.
B. Contractor shall maintain existing fire lanes and emergency vehicle access at all times. Any interruptions or
temporary shutdown of emergency vehicle access must be approved by the City of Arlington ahead of time.
C. Contractor and subcontractor shall determine, observe and comply with daily hours for construction activity per
the City of Arlington requirements.
1.04 OWNER’S OCCUPANCY OF BUILDING
A. Owner intends to continue to occupy existing buildings and areas of the site adjacent to the limits of work during
the entire construction period. The primary construction scope of work will occur during the summer when
school is not in session, but the school will be occupied by staff throughout construction period.
B. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner’s operations.
C. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy. This includes avoiding deliveries at the start and end of
the school day.
D. Cooperate with Owner to accommodate vehicle access to site, including some construction access roads, to
minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner’s operations.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 14 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 WORK RESTRICTIONS
McGranahanPBK
E. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all existing building exits in a safe, unobstructed manner for the
duration of construction.
1. Contractor shall provide all necessary traffic control devices, fencing, gates, pedestrian shelters or covers,
temporary walls and enclosure, and all other measures necessary to ensure all exit paths are maintained.
2. Any work that requires closing or obstructing an existing exit must be completed outside of normal
occupancy hours for the school and must be scheduled with the Owner at least 2 weeks in advance.
1.05 CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Construction Operations: During the construction period the Contractor and subcontractor shall have use of all
areas of the premises in which construction activities are indicated. Coordinate ingress and egress to the site and
workday activities with the Owner.
B. Use of the Site: Confine operations at the site to the areas permitted under the Contract. Portions of the site
beyond areas on which work is indicated are not to be disturbed. Conform to site rules and regulations affecting
the work while engaged in project construction.
1. Keep existing driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the Owner and the
public at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Do not park or store
materials on protected lawn and tree areas.
2. Do not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. Confine stockpiling of materials and
location of storage sheds to the areas indicated. If additional storage is necessary obtain and pay for such
storage off site.
3. Lock vehicles, including cars, trucks and other motorized construction equipment, when parked and
unattended, so as to prevent unauthorized use. Do not leave vehicles or equipment unattended with the
motor running or the ignition key in place.
4. Contractor to assure that all equipment is in good working condition and does not create excessive fumes
or noise.
5. Contractor shall provide flaggers for all construction vehicle traffic between the staging area and
construction area.
C. Cooperate fully with the District and their representative during construction operations to minimize conflicts.
D. Contractor and subcontractor shall limit his use of the premises to work and limited storage.
E. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all code-required exits and routes accessible during
construction period.
F. Existing building spaces may not be used for storage, unless otherwise permitted by Owner.
G. Utility Outages and Shutdown:
1. Limit disruption of utility services to hours the existing buildings are unoccupied.
2. Limit shutdown of utility services to 2 hours at a time.
3. Arrange at least 72 hours in advance with Owner.
H. Coordinate deliveries with Owner’s use of premises so as to minimize conflicts.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 14 00, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 WORK RESTRICTIONS
McGranahanPBK
I. If for any reason the work extends beyond the summer months, Contractor’s and subcontractor access to and use
of site will be further limited at the beginning and end of the school day as students arrive and depart from the
site. Contractor to coordinate construction activities to accommodate these high traffic periods.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 20 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
McGranahanPBK
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments.
B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time.
C. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. See General Conditions: Additional requirements for progress payments, final payment, changes in the Work.
1.03 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS
A. The following documents are incorporated as part of the contract documents as if bound herein:
1. “Application and Certificate for Payment,†AIA Document G702.
2. “Continuation Sheet,†AIA Document G703.
3. “Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment,†AIA Document G707.
4. “Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens,†AIA Document G706A.
5. “Contractor’s Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims,†AIA Document G706.
B. Payment procedures shall comply with requirements of the above incorporated forms and shall be per
Conditions of the Contract. Invoice formats shall be as approved by the Owner.
1.04 PROCEDURES
A. Submit itemized payment request as required in General Conditions together with Schedule of Values and other
submittals as listed herein.
B. Except as otherwise indicated, sequence of progress payments is to be regular, and each must be consistent with
previous applications and payments. It is recognized that certain applications involve extra requirements,
including initial application and application at times of Substantial Completion and Final Payment.
C. The General Contractor certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, the work covered by
each Application for Payment has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all amounts
have been paid by him for work for which previous Applications for Payment were issued and that all
computations, attachments, invoices and representations are truthful and accurate.
D. Except as otherwise indicated, complete every entry provided for on the various forms, including notarization
and execution by authorized persons. Incomplete applications will be returned by Architect without action.
E. Entries must match current date of schedule of values and progress schedule.
1.05 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Form to be used: G703 - Application and Certificate for Payment Continuation Sheet.
B. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified;
submit draft to Architect for approval.
C. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted.
D. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of
the specification section. Identify site mobilization.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 20 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
McGranahanPBK
1. Identify each line item with number and title of respective major Specification Section and its
corresponding Construction Schedule category.
2. Include in each item a directly proportional amount of General Contractor's overhead and profit.
3. For any line item of installed value exceeding $10,000, show breakdown by major products or operations.
4. List separate line item at end of Schedule of Values equal to 2% of each portion of the contract for project
closeout as defined in Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures.
5. Round-off figures to nearest dollar amount.
6. Make sum of total scheduled costs equal to Contract Sum.
7. Coordinate Schedule of Values submittal with Construction Progress Schedule submittal.
8. See General Conditions for other schedule of values requirements.
E. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment.
1.06 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
A. Form to be used: AIA G702 and G703.
B. For each item, provide a column for listing each of the following:
1. Item Number.
2. Description of work.
3. Scheduled Values.
4. Previous Applications.
5. Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application.
6. Authorized Change Orders.
7. Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application.
8. Percentage of Completion.
9. Balance to Finish.
10. Retainage.
C. The following additional items must be submitted and approved prior to the approval of the initial application
for payment.
1. Statements of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages on Public Works Contract from General Contractor and
Subcontractors.
2. Schedule of Values: Schedule shall be used as the basis for General Contractor’s and subcontractors
Application for Payment.
3. List of subcontractors and major material suppliers.
4. Schedule of Unit Prices, as applicable.
5. Schedule of Submittals (preliminary if not final). Final must be submitted and approved prior to second
payment application.
6. Listing of General Contractor’s staff assignments: Superintendent and Project Manager and emergency
contact numbers.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 20 00, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
McGranahanPBK
7. Copies of acquired building permits and similar authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for
current performance of the work.
8. Initial progress report
9. Performance and Payment Bonds.
10. Certificate of Insurance.
11. Preliminary Construction Progress Schedule. A final Construction Progress Schedule must be submitted
and approved prior to second payment application.
D. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer.
E. Submit three copies.
1.07 APPLICATIONS EACH MONTH DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement.
B. Submit three (3) copies of itemized application, each with General Contractor’s notarized affidavit.
C. General Contractor shall review draft of application with Architect at progress meeting one week prior to
submittal.
D. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data in a timely manner justifying dollar amounts in
question.
1.08 APPLICATION AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures and Conditions of the Contract for principal
administrative actions and submittals which must precede such special applications.
1.09 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT
A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract
Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due.
B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished:
1. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures and Conditions of the Contract for principal
administrative actions and submittals which must precede Application for Final Payment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
McGranahanPBK
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Electronic document submittal service.
B. Change Procedures.
C. Submittal procedures including:
1. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout.
2. Number of copies of submittals.
3. General submittal procedures.
D. Notice of Non-Compliance Procedures
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. See General Conditions: Dates for applications for payment.
B. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work.
C. Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures: Project record documents; operation and maintenance
data; warranties and bonds.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review:
1. Product data.
2. Shop drawings.
3. Samples for selection.
4. Samples for verification.
B. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for compliance with information given and
the design concept expressed in Contract Documents.
C. Samples will be reviewed for aesthetic, color, or finish selection.
D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and
for record documents purposes described in Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures.
3.02 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information:
1. Design data.
2. Certificates.
3. Test reports.
4. Inspection reports.
5. Manufacturer's instructions.
6. Manufacturer's field reports.
7. Other types indicated.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
McGranahanPBK
B. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner.
3.03 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A. Submit Initial Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion.
B. Submit Final Correction Punch List for Final Completion.
C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout in compliance with
requirements of Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures:
1. Project record documents.
2. Operation and maintenance data.
3. Warranties.
4. Bonds.
5. Closeout documents specified for commissioning.
6. Other types as indicated.
D. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion.
3.04 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS
A. Electronic Documents: Submit one electronic copy in PDF format; an electronically-marked up file will be
returned. Create PDFs at native size and right-side up; illegible files will be rejected.
1. Submit hard copies, when requested by the Architect or when required in individual specification sections.
a. Large Size Sheets, Not Larger than 36 x 48 inches:
b. Submit electronic file copy via the electronic service for each submittal in conjunction with
submitting paper copies.
1) Submit PDF format copy.
B. Documents for Information:
1. Submit pdf format copy.
C. Record Documents for Project Closeout:
1. Submit one electronic copy of all reviewed submittals.
a. Files shall be indexed by Submittal Number.
3.05 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General Requirements:
B. Shop Drawing Procedures:
1. Prepare accurate, drawn-to-scale, original shop drawing documentation by interpreting the Contract
Documents and coordinating related Work.
2. Generic, non-project specific information submitted as shop drawings do not meet the requirements for
shop drawings.
C. Transmit electronic file version submittal via Architect's electronic service.
D. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification
section number, as appropriate on each copy.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 00, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
McGranahanPBK
E. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required,
field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the
requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. Submittals that have not been reviewed and stamped by the
Contractor will not be accepted.
F. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items.
G. For each submittal for review, allow 21 days for review excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor.
Reviews involving multiple partied may take an additional 14 days.
H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to
successful performance of the completed Work.
I. Provide space for Contractor, Engineer and Architect review stamps.
J. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission.
K. Distribute reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with
requirements.
L. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.
3.06 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, the Architect will review each submittal, mark
to indicate action taken, and return.
B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-explanatory action stamp. The
stamp will be appropriately marked, to indicate action taken.
1. “No Exceptions Notedâ€: After review, the Architect noted no deviation from the design intent expressed
in the contract documents. The submitted product or system can be provided as proposed.
2. “Provide as Notedâ€: During review the Architect noted deviations from the design intent expressed in the
contract documents. Changes or correction to eliminate those deviations have been noted on the returned
submittal. Contractor is to provide the submitted product or system with noted corrections
incorporated. No additional submittal is required.
3. “Revise as Noted and Resubmitâ€: During review the Architect noted deviations from the design intent
expressed in the contract documents. Changes or correction to eliminate those deviations have been noted
on the returned submittal. Contractor shall make corrections to submittal as noted and resubmit for
additional review by Architect.
4. “Rejectedâ€: Either submitted product or systems does not meet requirements of contract documents
and Contractor shall submit alternate product or system which does meet the requirements of the contract
documents or, the submittal is not sufficiently complete or does not sufficiently address the requirements
of the contract documents to allow review.
5. Do not permit submittals marked "Revise as Noted and Resubmit†or "Rejected" to be used at the Project
site, or elsewhere where Work is in progress.
C. Architect will return submittal by Electronic Project Management Service.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 00, Page 4
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
McGranahanPBK
3.07 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
A. General:
1. Changes to and / or clarifications of the work may be made by response to a Request For Information,
Supplemental Instructions, Construction Change Directive, Proposal Request, and Change Orders.
2. A monetary change to the Contract Sum or a change to the Contract Time can only be implemented by a
Change Order.
B. Request For Information (RFI):
1. Procedure:
a. Form is automatically generated by Electronic Project Management Service.
b. Prepared by Contractor.
c. Transmitted to Architect via Electronic Project Management Service.
d. Response by Architect.
1) Allow a minimum of 7 days for review by Architect and consultants for each RFI, from time of
receipt at Architect’s office. Complex RFI’s or several RFI’s in a short time frame will require
additional review time.
e. Acceptance by Owner.
f. Transmitted by Architect to Contractor by Electronic Project Management Service.
g. Contractor must either:
1) Proceed upon receipt of response if no Cost/Time impact; or
2) Submit a notice of cost and/or time impact within 5 days of the date that a response was first
issued to the contractor.
3) By proceeding without submitting a statement of impact the Contractor agrees that there is no
impact on the Contract Cost or Time.
h. RFIs and responses shall be numbered consecutively by the contractor and submitted electronically.
i. RFIs must reference a Drawing number or Specification section. RFIs shall be restricted to technical
questions related to the Contract Documents. RFIs submitted by the Contractor that, in the opinion of
the Architect, do not meet this criteria will be returned to the Contractor marked “Void†and will be
logged as voided RFIs.
j. RFIs must include a suggested solution from the Contractor.
k. Responses shall be marked on record drawings and specifications.
l. Construction photos shall be attached to the RFI as required to clarify the question being asked.
C. Architect's Supplemental Instruction (ASI):
1. Procedure:
a. Prepared by Architect.
b. Approved by Owner.
c. Transmitted to Contractor via Electronic Project Management Services.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 00, Page 5
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
McGranahanPBK
d. Contractor must either:
1) Proceed upon receipt of response if no Cost/Time impact; or
2) Submit a notice of Cost/Time impact within 5 days of response date.
3) By proceeding without submitting a statement of impact the Contractor agrees that there is no
impact on the Contract Cost or Time.
e. ASI’s shall be numbered consecutively and submitted electronically.
D. Construction Change Directive (CCD):
1. Issued in response to:
a. An RFI or ASI with unresolved Cost or Time impacts.
b. Absence of agreement on Change Order terms.
2. Directive is issued to expedite the work and avoid delays.
3. Procedure:
a. Form provided by Architect.
b. Prepared by Architect.
c. Signed by Architect and Owner.
d. Contractor must proceed immediately.
e. Method of adjustment of Contract Sum shall be determined per General and Supplementary
Conditions
f. Contractor must provide cost data and submit substantiation within 14 days of completing the work
g. CO is prepared.
E. Proposal Request (PR):
1. Procedure:
a. Prepare by Architect.
b. Must be on form provided by Architect utilizing only mark-ups permitted per General Conditions.
c. Transferred to Contractor via electronic service.
d. Contractor must provide cost data and submit substantiation within 14 days.
e. Each subcontractor or sub-subcontractors of lower tier must submit their cost data utilizing only
mark-ups indicated in the General Conditions. Attach additional breakdown and back up information
on their own format.
f. Architect makes recommendation.
g. Owner accepts or rejects:
1) Owner issues Construction Change Directive (CCD) or Change Order (CO), or,
2) Owner requests additional cost data, and/or,
3) Owner rejects the proposal.
h. PR’s will be numbered consecutively. Reissue PR’s shall be given decimal extensions.
i. Changes shall be marked on record drawings and specifications.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 00, Page 6
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
McGranahanPBK
F. Change Order (CO)
1. Procedure:
a. Prepared by Architect,
b. May include several PR’s or CCD's.
c. Shall be signed by Contractor as soon as practicable.
d. Change Orders shall be numbered consecutively.
e. Changes shall be marked on record drawings and specifications.
G. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents and who will be responsible for
informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work.
H. Architect will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract
Time as authorized by the Conditions of the Contract by issuing supplemental instructions on Architect's
Supplemental Instructions (ASI) form.
I. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation.
1. On request, provide following data:
a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment.
b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds.
c. Overhead and profit.
d. Justification for any change in Contract Time.
e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented.
2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information:
a. Origin and date of claim.
b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom.
c. Time records and wage rates paid.
d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented.
3. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,
within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract.
J. Execution of Change Orders: Architect/Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided
in the Conditions of the Contract on Architect’s change order form.
K. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to
record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum.
L. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times
for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit.
M. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.
3.08 NOTICE OF NON-COMPLIANCE (NNC)
A. A Notice of Non-Compliance (NNC) will be issued by the Architect in response to observation of work that is
not in compliance with contract documents.
B. Contractor shall correct deficiency promptly upon receipt of notice.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 00, Page 7
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
McGranahanPBK
C. Notice will be considered closed following Architect's verification that remedial work is in compliance with
contract documents.
D. In no case shall subsequent work be attached to, built on or built over the deficient work, until such time that
correction of the deficient work has been verified. Contractor shall be responsible for removal of any
subsequent work as necessary to allow Architect to confirm corrections, including cost related to removal and
replacement.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 50, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
McGranahanPBK
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including,
but not limited to, the following:
1. Measurements, lines and levels.
2. General coordination.
3. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
B. The General Contractor and each subcontractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of
responsibility will be assigned to a specific subcontractor.
C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Section 01 32 16 - Construction Progress Schedule for preparing and submitting the General Contractor's
and subcontractors Construction Schedule.
2. Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures for coordinating Contract closeout.
1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other Division 1
Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.03 MEASUREMENTS, LINES AND LEVELS
A. The Contractor shall lay out its work as required and shall be responsible for the correctness of all
measurements. The Contractor shall exercise proper care to verify all figures before layout of its work, and it
will be held responsible for any errors, omissions, discrepancies, conflicts or ambiguities therein that might
otherwise have been avoided. The Contractor shall promptly inform the Architect, in writing, of any errors,
omissions, discrepancies, conflicts or ambiguities in the contract documents in order that corrections or
clarifications may be made by the Architect before proceeding with the Work. Failure to do so will be at the risk
of the Contractor in proceeding. The Contractor shall submit one (1) copy of its survey notes to the Architect for
record purposes. Attach (1) copy to as-built drawings submittal. Submission of the survey notes does not
relieve the Contractor of its duty to identify discrepancies.
B. Before ordering any material or doing any work, verify all measurements at the site. No extra compensation will
be allowed because of differences between actual measurements and dimensions shown. If differences are
found, Contractor shall notify Architect before beginning work or ordering materials.
1.04 COORDINATION
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the Specifications to ensure
efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in
different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one
part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 50, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
McGranahanPBK
B. Contractor shall coordinate its activities and those of its Subcontractors with activities of contractors engaged by
the Owner concurrent with the Work.
C. If necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required
for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate subcontractors if coordination of their Work is
required.
D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other
construction activities and activities of other subcontractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of
the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of General Contractor's and subcontractors Construction Schedule.
2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Pre-installation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
E. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration
given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.
1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Staff Names: Within fifteen (15) days of starting construction operations, submit a list of principal staff
assignments by Contractor and major subcontractors, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance
at project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers,
including cell phone and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.
1.06 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL
A. General: In addition to Project manager, project superintendent and project engineer, provide other
administrative and supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work.
1. Include special personnel required for coordination of operations with other contractors.
PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISION
A. The General Contractor and subcontractor shall inspect each item of materials or equipment immediately prior
to installation, and reject damaged and defective items.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 30 50, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
McGranahanPBK
B. Construction Site Maintenance:
1. The General Contractor and subcontractors shall maintain Site in a neat and orderly manner in accordance
with the General Conditions of this Contract and with the requirements indicated in other specification
sections.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting the temporary structures and construction enclosure
(fence) in good repair. They shall comply with security requirements to prevent the presence of
unauthorized persons on the site, and to keep gates secured when not in actual use to insure property
security.
C. Noise control:
1. Comply with all applicable state and local laws, ordinances, and regulations relative to noise control.
2. All construction machinery, tools and appliances shall be equipped with best commercially available noise
abatement devices so as to operate at minimum reasonably attainable noise levels, and if not so equipped
will not be permitted on site.
3. A noise level of 85 db will be considered excessive.
4. The General Contractor shall give the Architect and Owner a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours’ notice
prior to commencing any activity or operation of machinery from which the noise may be disturbing to
occupants of nearby buildings. Any consequences resulting from failure to give such notice shall be the
sole responsibility of the Contractor. The General Contractor shall comply with any directives the
Architect or Owner may issue for the purpose of excluding or mitigating any annoyance or disruption due
to noise to occupants of the buildings, or the public in general, by the operations under this contract.
5. If the noise level from any equipment, operation, or construction activity is excessive as defined in
Paragraph 3 above and that equipment or activity is directed to be shut down, suspended and/or
rescheduled, the entire cost of such shutdown suspension and/or rescheduling is the Contractor's sole
responsibility.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 32 16, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
McGranahanPBK
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Preliminary schedule.
B. The construction work under this contract shall be planned, scheduled, executed and reported using the Critical
Path Method (hereinafter referred to as CPM), per requirements of the Conditions of the Contract.
C. A short interval schedule, showing two weeks of actual progress and forecasting four weeks, shall be prepared
and updated weekly for use at each progress meeting.
D. The Contractor is required to comply with all schedule control procedures specified herein and with any
reasonable changes that may be necessary, in the opinion of the Architect or Owner’s representative, during the
Contract duration.
E. The Contractor shall also comply with schedule provisions as stated in the General Conditions.
F. Any and all milestone or specific dates listed in these specifications, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents,
represent only the major items of construction/erection work or interface dates. The milestone completion dates
indicated are considered essential to the satisfactory performance of this contract and to the coordination of all
work on the project.
1. The specific dates listed represent the latest allowable completion dates. Earlier completion dates may be
established as agreed by the Contractor, the Construction Program Manager, the Architect, and the Owner.
2. If the Contractor should establish a milestone or completion date earlier than any required milestone or
completion date, the Owner or the Owner’s Representative shall not be liable to the Contractor for any
costs or other damages should the Contractor fail to complete the work prior to such earlier dates.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work: Work restrictions and facility occupancy dates.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Within 7 days after date of Agreement, submit preliminary schedule to the Architect and Owner’s
Representative for review and comment, a CPM schedule for his construction work scope.
1. The form of submittal of the contract scheduling document, including logic diagrams, shall consist of a
Gantt style diagram.
2. The Contractor shall submit two (2) hard and color copies of the schedule 36" wide by length as required.
3. The Contractor shall also submit one copy of the schedule in electronic format. If the electronic format
used cannot be read and fully operated by Microsoft Project the Contractor shall provide two copies of
software to read and operate the alternative format, including licenses.
4. To protect the Owner from over payment, not less than 10% of the progress payments may be withhold
until the Contractor submits a Construction Schedule that satisfies all of the requirements of this Contract
and in a form that is satisfactory to the Architect and Owner.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 32 16, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
McGranahanPBK
5. The CPM Schedule shall include the following:
a. Notice to Proceed.
b. On site start of work.
c. Identification of and conformance with the dates specified in the Contract Documents.
d. The time required for engineering, preparation and review of shop drawings and other required
submittals, manufacturing and delivery of Contractor-furnished long lead items.
e. Identification of a critical path (or paths).
f. Time for punch lists and corrections.
g. Time for closeout.
6. If abbreviations are used, the schedule shall include a legend to define all abbreviations.
7. The CPM Schedule shall indicate a late completion date for the project that is not later than the project’s
required completion date. All activity duration shall be given in calendar days. The CPM Schedule shall
also indicate each of the following:
a. Interfaces with the work of outside contractor, e.g., utilities, power, and with any separate contractor
employed by the Owner.
b. A description of the activity.
c. Estimated duration time for each activity.
d. Early start date for each activity.
e. Late start date for each activity.
f. Actual start date for each activity begun.
g. Actual finish date for each activity completed.
8. The Critical Path for the project shall be clearly and easily recognizable on the time-scaled CPM Schedule
Diagram. The relationship between all non-critical activities and activities on the Critical Path also shall
be clearly shown on the CPM Schedule Diagram.
9. It is to be expressly understood and agreed by the Contractor that the schedule is an estimate to be revised
from time-to-time as progress is made, but no less than monthly and that the Owner does not guarantee
that Contractor can start work activities on the “early or late start†dates or complete work activities on the
“early or late finish†dates shown in the Schedule. If the Contractor’s schedule indicates that Owner or a
separate contractor is to perform an activity by a specific date, or within a certain duration, the Owner or
any separate contractor under contract with Owner shall not be bound to said date or duration unless
Owner expressly and specifically agrees in writing. The Owner’s and the Architect’s overall review and
approval or acceptance of the Schedule does not constitute an agreement to specific dates, durations,
sequences or activities of the Owner or any separate contractor.
10. The Contractor's CPM Schedule shall include time for activities being completed by the Owner with their
own staff or through a separate contract. Durations for such activities shall be agreed to by Contractor and
Owner. Contractor shall schedule and sequence such activities to occur in the normal flow of work as if
they were being completed by a direct sub of the Contractor.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 32 16, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
McGranahanPBK
11. The Architect and Owner’s Representative will review the Contractor’s Schedule to determine compliance
with projected completion dates within (7) days of receipt of schedule from the Contractor. Review by the
Owner or Architect of Contractor's schedule does not constitute approval or acceptance of the Contractor's
construction means, methods, or sequencing, or its ability to complete the Work within the Contract
Time. The Contractor shall revise his Schedule as required to support said compliance and shall submit
his revised Schedule to the Architect as soon as practical but in all cases within fourteen (14) calendar
days of receiving review comments.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 UPDATING SCHEDULE
A. The CPM Schedule shall be updated regularly by means of Monthly Progress Reports.
1. Monthly Progress Reports submitted by the Contractor should show the activities, or portions of activities,
completed during the reporting period including the actual start and finish dates for these activities. The
report shall also include the remaining duration and/or estimated completion dates for activities currently
in progress and deviations from the Critical Path.
2. The Architect and the Owner will not be obligated to review or to process any Application for Progress
Payment until the Contractor has submitted his Progress Report.
3. Progress Reports shall also be submitted in electronic format.
4. Monthly Progress Reports:
a. The heading of each tabular report shall include, but not be limited to, the project name, contract
number, name of contractor, report date, data date, report title and page number.
B. Short Interval Schedule: Contractor shall prepare and update weekly a three (3) week interval schedule, to be
used to review progress during weekly meetings.
1. Show one (1) week of actual progress, and forecast two (2) weeks of anticipated progress, as compared to
planned progress per CPM Schedule.
2. Activities shown at Short Interval Schedule shall correspond to activities shown at the same time period in
the CPM Schedule.
3. At the Contractor’s option the Short Interval Schedule may be a simple bar chart
4. Format of Short Interval Schedule must fit 8 ½ inch x 11 inch paper.
3.02 SCHEDULE REVISIONS
A. Should the Contractor, after receiving approval of the initial CPM Schedule, desire to change his plan of
construction, he shall submit the proposed changes to the Architect and Owner.
1. He shall describe the logic for rescheduling the work and the method(s) for maintaining intermediate
milestones and shall confirm specific completion dates.
a. He shall revise his Schedule to include the effect of changes, acts of God or other conditions or
events, which in the meantime have affected the CPM Schedule.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 32 16, Page 4
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
McGranahanPBK
b. If the requested changes are acceptable to the Architect and Owner’s Representative, they shall be
incorporated into the CPM Schedule in the next reporting period.
2. When the Owner requests changes by Construction Change Directive or Change Order which have the
potential to impact the Contract Milestones or Specific Dates stipulated, a revised CPM Schedule will be
prepared by the Contractor and provided to the Architect and Owner clearly demonstrating the impacts.
B. Neither the updating or revising of Contractor’s construction schedule for the Owner’s review shall have the
effect of amending or modifying, in any way, the contract time, contract completion date or contract milestone
dates or of modifying or limiting in any way the Contractor’s obligations under this Contract.
3.03 DEFAULT
A. Failure of the Contractor to substantially comply with the requirements of this Section shall constitute a reason
that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the work with due diligence and shall be considered grounds for
termination by the Owner, per requirements of the Conditions of the Contract.
3.04 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
A. The Owner will assess, and the Contractor will be responsible for, liquidated damages for each calendar day
beyond the Contract Time that Substantial Completion is not timely achieved, per the General Conditions.
B. The Contractor and Owner agree that these liquidated damages amounts are not penalties and are a reasonable
estimation of actual damages to the Owner, as of this date of Agreement, based on the inherent uncertainty and
difficulty in calculating and quantifying damages caused by delays in the construction of school district
facilities.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 42 16, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
McGranahanPBK
ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Abbreviations and Definitions.
B. This section supplements the definitions contained in the General Conditions.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. The word "furnish" as used herein, shall mean "purchase, pay for, receive and/or store the material, item or
equipment at the site ready for installation or erection" unless otherwise specifically noted.
B. Install: To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, place, finish, cure, protect, clean, start up, and make ready for use.
C. The word "install" as used herein shall mean "pay for, and do all work necessary for installing and/or erecting
and/or connecting the item or material complete in place" unless otherwise specifically noted.
D. The term "product" as used in the Project Manual includes materials, systems, and equipment.
1. Product: Material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the work result. Not
materials or equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying, or erection and not incorporated into
the work result. Products may be new, never before used, or re-used materials or equipment.
E. Provide: To furnish and install, pay for complete in place.
F. The term "project manual" is the volume which includes the Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract,
and the specifications, Divisions 0 to 9 inclusive, as applicable and as listed in the Table of Contents bound
therein.
G. The term "Architect" as used herein, shall mean "McGranahanPBK 2111 Pacific Avenue, Suite 100, Tacoma,
Washington 98402."
H. The term "Owner" as used herein, shall mean "Arlington School District 16, located at 315 North French
Avenue, Arlington, WA 98223.â€
I. "As directed" means "as directed by the Architect".
J. Where the words "or approved", "as approved" or "for approval" are used the Architect is the sole judge of the
quality and suitability of the proposed substitutions.
K. Where the words "similar to" are used and followed by a manufacturer's name and product, model, or type
number, such manufacturer, product, model or type number shall be considered as the standard of quality for the
item or material or work specified, in a general and technical sense, not meaning "identical".
L. Wherever in these documents an article, device or piece of equipment is referred to in the singular number, such
reference shall mean to include as many such articles as are shown on the Drawings or are required to complete
the installation.
1.03 ABBREVIATIONS
A. These specifications are, for certain sections, written in the imperative mood, abbreviated, or "streamlined" and
frequently include incomplete sentences. In sections or parts of sections written in the imperative mood, words
such as "shall", "shall be", "the Contractor shall", and similar mandatory phrases and the words "of", "the", "a",
and "all" shall be supplied by inference in the same manner as they are in but not on the Drawings.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 42 16, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
McGranahanPBK
B. The Contractor shall furnish or install or provide, as applicable, all items listed and perform all operations
required, and shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, services, and incidentals required for completion of
the work.
C. For purposes of abbreviation, the words "install' and/or "erect" and or "connect" and/or "apply" in accordance
with the manufacturer's written recommendations shall not, in all cases, be repeated hereinafter in these
specifications. However, in all cases, each and every item, material, and/or equipment shall be installed and/or
erected and/or connected and/or applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations.
D. Abbreviations: see drawings for a list of abbreviations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 50 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
McGranahanPBK
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Temporary Utilities.
B. Temporary power.
C. Temporary sanitary facilities.
D. Drinking Water.
E. Storage.
F. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing.
G. Indirect equipment.
H. Field offices.
I. Field staffing.
1.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Provide means, methods, material and labor necessary to provide all temporary power and lighting required for
construction purposes.
1. Provide all temporary lighting as required for the work. Provide wiring for all required extension cords,
lighting outlets, and power outlets (grounding type), lamps, and other required equipment and
accessories. Remove temporary lighting connections at completion of the work or sooner, if approved or
directed.
2. Provide all temporary power required for the duration of construction. Provide all temporary connections
required and pay all fees related to connections and temporary power.
B. Provide means, methods, material and labor necessary to provide all temporary power and lighting required for
construction purposes.
1. Provide wiring for all required extension cords, lighting outlets, and power outlets (grounding type),
lamps, and other required equipment and accessories. Remove temporary lighting connections at
completion of the work or sooner, if approved or directed.
2. The Owner does not warrant that there is adequate power available in the existing facility for both the
Owner’s use and the Contractor’s use. If at any time prior to or during construction it is determined that
the available power is not adequate to serve the simultaneous use of the Owner and Contractor the
Contractor shall be responsible for securing power from an independent temporary supply.
C. Provide means, methods, material and labor necessary to provide clean, potable water as required. The owner
will pay monthly utility bill for water used on site for construction purposes. Make temporary connections to
closest existing utility piping and provide meter, piping, hoses, nozzles and other accessories as required. At
completion, or before if directed, disconnect temporary connections and piping and remove from site.
1.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization. Facilities shall
be located within a secure area.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 50 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
McGranahanPBK
B. Use of existing facilities is not permitted.
C. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition.
1.04 DRINKING WATER
A. Provide, from proven safe source, for all those connected with the work. Pipe or transport water in such manner
as to keep it clean and fresh. Serve from single service containers or sanitary drinking fountains.
1.05 BARRIERS
A. Fencing:
1. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to allow for owner's use of site and to
protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and
demolition.
2. Provide 6 foot high fence with sturdy posts and supports around construction site and equip with vehicular
and pedestrian gates with locks. Top and bottom of chain link fabric to be knuckled, beginning no higher
than 4†above grade.
B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for
public access to and egress from the existing building.
C. Provide temporary safety signage that clearly designates construction entrances and areas.
1.06 INDIRECT EQUIPMENT
A. Provide indirect equipment as required for proper execution of the work, including but not limited to:
1. Compressors.
2. Forklifts.
3. Generators.
4. Equipment operation
5. Other construction equipment and rental costs.
6. Portable radios.
7. Video camera.
8. Temporary stairs & ladders.
1.07 FIELD STAFFING
A. Field staffing must be commensurate with Owner/Contractor contract requirements.
1.08 MISCELLANEOUS TEMPORARY REQUIREMENTS
A. Cleaning-Up:
1. During the work: Contractor and each subcontractor at all times shall keep the premises free from
accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by its operations on a daily basis. Just before
completion of the work, Contractor and each subcontractor shall remove all his tools, construction
equipment, machinery and surplus materials. If Contractor fails to enforce clean-up procedures, the
Owner may do the clean-up and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor as provided in the
General Conditions.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 50 00, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
McGranahanPBK
B. Dust Control:
1. Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from dispersing into
the atmosphere.
C. Debris Control:
1. Maintain all areas under Contractor's control free of extraneous debris.
2. Areas will be designated by the Contractor for parking of trucks to receive demolition debris. Coordinate
with Owner at time of scheduling.
3. Initiate and maintain a specific program to prevent accumulation of debris at construction site, storage and
parking areas, or along access roads and haul routes.
a. Provide containers for deposit of debris.
b. Prohibit overloading of trucks to prevent spillage on access and haul routes.
1) Provide periodic inspection of traffic areas to enforce requirements.
4. Schedule periodic inspection and disposal of debris.
a. Provide additional collections and disposal of debris whenever the periodic schedule is inadequate to
prevent accumulation.
D. Pollution Control:
1. Provide methods, means and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water or
atmosphere. Allow no discharge of noxious substances from construction operations.
2. Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain spillage.
a. Remove contaminated soils or liquids.
1) Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off-site. Replace with suitable compacted fill
and topsoil.
3. Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters.
a. Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, or other such substances adjacent to bodies of water,
or in sanitary or storm sewers.
4. Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants.
a. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals.
b. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere.
c. Provide adequate ventilation in all areas during and after application of paint and coatings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 78 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES
McGranahanPBK
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Closeout inspection procedures.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. General Conditions of the Contract: Performance bond and labor and material payment bonds, warranty, and
correction of work.
B. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and
samples.
C. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION PROCEDURES
A. Substantial Completion:
1. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion,
complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
a. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion
is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially
complete. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract
Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
1) If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of
incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete.
b. Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements.
c. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and
similar documents.
d. Complete final clean up requirements.
2. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed with
inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of
Substantial Completion on AIA Form G704 following inspection, or advise the Contractor of construction
that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued.
3. If additional inspections are required the Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that
the Work has been substantially completed.
a. Re-inspection Services: Should the Architect or design consultant be required re-inspect due to
Contractor's failure to correct specified deficiencies, the Contractor and subcontractor shall bear all
costs (including compensation for the design consultant's additional services) made necessary
thereby.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 78 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES
McGranahanPBK
b. Reinspection services are hereby defined as the following:
1) Travel time to and from the job site.
2) Mileage compensation for vehicles used to and from the job site.
3) Time required for review, inspection, and meeting at the job site.
4) Time required to document, coordinate, and transmit documentation that records a summary of
the reinspection.
4. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance.
B. Final Acceptance:
1. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final
payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
a. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously
submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations
where required.
1) An affidavit that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness
connected with the work for which the Owner of property might in any way be responsible,
have been paid or otherwise satisfied. (Use AIA Document G706).
2) An affidavit from each subcontractor on AIA Form G706.
3) Letter from Bonding Company addressed to Owner but submitted to the Architect, approving
release of final payment and waiving submission of final receipts as well as a statement
confirming the extension of the Bond for the one-year guarantee period. Final receipts from all
subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers shall be furnished to the Owner by the
Contractor if the Surety does not waive this requirement.
4) Submit Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (AIA Document G706A). If any liens are
filed and cause the Owner to employ the services of any attorneys, the cost of the services will
be deducted from the retainage.
5) Return all copies of the drawings and specifications in accordance with the General Conditions.
b. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum.
c. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected,
stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been
endorsed and dated by the Architect.
d. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement.
e. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.
f. State Department of Labor and Industries Affidavit of Wages Paid (State Form 9843).
g. Asbestos letter of compliance.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 01 78 00, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND PROCEDURES
McGranahanPBK
3.02 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Provide one binder with the following information:
1. Permits: All original permits for the work.
a. Permits are to all show the final inspection by the Jurisdiction having Authority.
2. Inspections: All written inspection reports.
3. Provide table of contents and tabs for each section.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Concrete formwork.
B. Provide new reinforced concrete slabs where indicated. Concrete to be finish material where indicated.
C. Finishing of concrete slabs.
D. Protection of slabs after curing.
E. Concrete reinforcement.
F. Joint devices associated with concrete work.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 30 00 – Administrative Requirements.
B. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Section 03 35 60 - Concrete Floor Finishing: Densifiers, hardeners, and applied coatings.
D. Section 07 92 00-Joint Sealants: Products and installation for sealants and accessories at expansion joints and
isolation joints in slabs.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain
and Deformed, for Concrete 2022.
B. ACI 117 - Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; 2010 (Reapproved 2015).
C. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; 1991
(Reapproved 2009).
D. ACI 301 - Specifications for Concrete Construction; 2020.
E. ACI 302.1R - Guide to Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2015.
F. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; 2000 (Reapproved 2009).
G. ACI 305R - Guide to Hot Weather Concreting; 2020.
H. ACI 306R - Guide to Cold Weather Concreting; 2016.
I. ACI 308R - Guide to External Curing of Concrete; 2016.
J. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete; 2019, with Errata (2021).
K. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete; 2014 (Reapproved 2021).
L. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement; 2022.
M. ASTM A767/A767M - Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement; 2019.
N. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain
and Deformed, for Concrete; 2017.
O. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2018.
P. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2021.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
Q. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2022.
R. ASTM C109/C109M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-
in. or [50 mm] Cube Specimens); 2021.
S. ASTM C143/C143M - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete; 2020.
T. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2022.
U. ASTM C171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete; 2020.
V. ASTM C173/C173M - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric
Method; 2016.
W. ASTM C260/C260M - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2010a (Reapproved
2016).
X. ASTM C494/C494M - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete; 2019, with Editorial
Revision (2022).
Y. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in
Concrete; 2022.
Z. ASTM C685/C685M - Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous
Mixing; 2017.
AA. ASTM C881/C881M - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete; 2020a.
BB. ASTM C1059/C1059M - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete;
2021.
CC. ASTM C1107/C1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink); 2020.
DD. ASTM C1116/C1116M - Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete; 2010a (Reapproved 2015).
EE. ASTM C1602/C1602M - Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement
Concrete; 2018.
FF. ASTM C1708/C1708M - Standard Test Methods for Self-leveling Mortars Containing Hydraulic Cements;
2019.
GG. ASTM D994/D994M - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous
Type); 2011 (Reapproved 2022).
HH. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural
Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types); 2018.
II. ASTM E1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness Numbers;
2020.
JJ. COE CRD-C 572 - Handbook for Concrete and Cement Corps of Engineers Specifications for Polyvinylchloride
Waterstop; 1974.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 – Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Substitutions and/or Accepted Equivalents will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01
30 00 - Administrative Requirements and Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Mix Design: Submit proposed concrete mix design.
1. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 301, Section 4 - Concrete Mixtures.
2. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 5 - Concrete Quality,
Mixing and Placing.
3. Indicate proposed mix design complies with admixture manufacturer's written recommendations.
D. Product Data: Submit data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories,
admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems, and others as requested by Architect.
E. Shop Drawings; Reinforcement: Submit original shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of
concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete
Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangement of concrete
reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures. Provide
concrete wall coordination and reinforcing shop drawings at ¼†minimum scale. See Structural General Notes
for additional submittal requirements.
F. Slab Shop Drawings; Control Joint Layout: Submit 1/8" plans showing proposed control joint layout for all
concrete slabs. See structural general notes. See control and expansion joint layout on the Drawings.
G. Laboratory Test Reports: Submit laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test.
H. Materials Certificates: Provide materials certificates in lieu of materials laboratory test reports when permitted
by Architect. Materials certificates shall be signed by manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material
item complies with, or exceeds, specified requirements. Provide certification from admixture manufacturers that
chloride content complies with specification requirements
I. Test Reports: Submit report for each test or series of tests specified.
J. Submit proposed methods for achieving FF/ FL levels required by this Section.
K. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components that will
be concealed from view upon completion of concrete work.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318.
1. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
B. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather.
C. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather.
D. Concrete Testing Service: The Owner will engage a testing laboratory to perform material evaluation list of
tests, General Contractor to coordinate.
E. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of work. Retesting of
rejected materials for installed work, shall be done at Contractor's expense.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 4
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
F. Concrete Contractor shall have had three (3) years' experience in the installation and finishing of concrete flat-
work. Concrete finishing Contractor shall have successfully finished at least ten (10) projects with concrete slabs
in excess of 10,000 square feet in the last three (3) years.
1.06 MOCK-UP
A. Mock-ups: Provide full-scale mock-ups to demonstrate methods of obtaining consistent visual appearance of
each type of concrete slab on grade scheduled.
1. Provide three 24†x 24†mock-ups of broom finish.
2. Acceptable mock-ups will be stored on-site by the Contractor in a protected area. The Architect will use
the approved mock-up as a standard by which finished work will be approved or rejected. Work which
does not match the approved mock-up will be demolished and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
3. Remove mock-up from the site when no longer required for comparison with finished work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FORMWORK
A. Formwork Design and Construction: Comply with guidelines of ACI 347R to provide formwork that will
produce concrete complying with tolerances of ACI 117.
1. Form Materials: Contractor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand hydrostatic
head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances.
2. Earth Cuts: Do not use earth cuts as forms for vertical surfaces. Natural rock formations that maintain a
stable vertical edge may be used as side forms.
B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or other acceptable material. Provide lumber
dressed on at least 2 edges and one side for tight fit.
C. Form Coating: Release agent that will not adversely affect concrete or interfere with application of coatings.
2.02 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi) (420 MPa).
1. Type: Deformed billet-steel bars.
B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR): Plain type, ASTM A1064/A1064M.
1. WWR Style: As indicated on the drawings.
C. Reinforcement Accessories:
1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gauge, 0.0508 inch (1.29 mm).
2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during
concrete placement.
a. For slabs-on-grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not
support chair legs.
3. Provide stainless steel, galvanized, plastic, or plastic coated steel components for placement within 1-1/2
inches (38 mm) of weathering surfaces.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 5
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I - Normal Portland type, Type II - Moderate; Portland type, or ASTM
C595 Type IL.
1. Acquire cement for entire project from same source.
B. Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, and as herein specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for
exposed concrete.
1. For exterior exposed surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates containing spalling-causing deleterious
substances.
C. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required
admixtures.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. "Air-Mix," Euclid Chemical Co.
b. "Sika Aer," Sika Corp.
c. "MB-VR or MB-AE," Master Builders.
d. "Darex AEA" or "Daravair," W.R. Grace.
e. "Edoco 2001 or 2002"; Edoco Technical Products.
f. "Air-Tite," Gifford-Hill/American Admixtures.
D. Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.1 percent chloride
ions are not permitted.
E. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class F.
1. Add to batch plant concrete mix as Portland cement replacement. Submit back-up data for design mix.
Verify use where chemically stained concrete is used.
a. Concrete Slabs: Maximum 15%.
b. Other than Slabs: Maximum 30%.
F. Water: ASTM C1602/C1602M; clean, potable, and not detrimental to concrete.
2.04 CONCRETE MIXTURES
A. Prepare concrete mixtures in accordance with WSDOT Specification 8-06.
B. Proportion mixtures to provide normal-weight concrete with the following properties:
1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4000 psi.
C. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal-weight concrete at point of
placement having an air content as follows:
1. Air Content: 5 percent plus or minus 1.5 percent for 3/4-inch nominal maximum aggregate size.
D. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.30 percent by weight of cement.
E. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement
according to ACI 301 requirements as follows:
1. Fly Ash or Pozzolan: 25 percent.
2. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 6
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
3. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan, and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent, with fly ash or
pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent.
2.05 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C
94M. Furnish batch certificates for each batch discharged and used in the Work.
1. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2
hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60
minutes.
2.06 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Cover - Breathable at concrete that is to be exposed to view.: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
approximately 9 oz. per sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2.
B. Moisture-Retaining Cover at concrete not exposed to view: ASTM C 171; : One of the following, complying
with ASTM C 171. Use only at non-exposed concrete work. Use 'breathable' cover at exposed concrete work to
avoid puddling stains, chalking, etc.
1. Waterproof paper. Polyethylene film. Polyethylene-coated burlap.
2. Polyethylene film.
3. Polyethylene-coated burlap.
C. Form release: Use only form release compounds recommended by form liner manufacturer.
1. Manufacturer: Dayton Superior.
2. Product: Clean Strip J1EF.
3. Substitutions: See Division 1.
D. For material requirements of hardener/sealer see Section 03 35 60 - Concrete Floor Finishing.
2.07 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS
A. Slab Isolation Joint Filler: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick, height equal to slab thickness, with removable top section
that will form 1/2 inch (13 mm) deep sealant pocket after removal.
1. Material: ASTM D1751, cellulose fiber.
2. Products:
a. Nomaco, Inc; Nomaflex Expansion Joint Filler with Void Cap Option:
www.nomaco.com/#sle.Nomaco, Inc;
b. W. R. Meadows, Inc; Fiber Expansion Joint Filler with Snap-Cap: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, waterstops, capillary break and other sub-base materials and vapor
retarders with placement of forms and reinforcing steel.
B. Provide protection from weather during placement and curing of Special Concrete Floor Finishes. Provide
temporary protective structures or complete roofing and weather protection in these areas to assure that these
floors are not subjected to conditions that would adversely affect the finish or strength of the slab.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 7
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section.
3.03 PREPARATION
A. Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Design and fabricate forms to support all applied loads
until concrete is cured, and for easy removal without damage to concrete.
B. Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent.
C. Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock, or damage to cast-in-place concrete surfaces
and adjacent materials.
3.04 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately
position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete coverage required for
protection.
B. Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both directions. Splice
laps with tie wire.
C. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed,
positioned securely, and will not interfere with concrete placement.
3.05 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing
Bars" for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified.
1. Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder during reinforcement placement and concreting operations.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials which reduce or destroy bond
with concrete.
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or
concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and
hangers, as required.
D. Place reinforcement to obtain at least minimum coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely
tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so
ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
E. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace
splices with wire. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction.
3.06 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Preplacement Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel,
and items to be embedded or cast-in. Notify other crafts to permit installation of their work; cooperate with other
trades in setting such work. Moisten wood forms immediately before placing concrete where form coatings are
not used.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 8
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
B. General: Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing
Concrete" and as herein specified.
1. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete
which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot
be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified. Deposit concrete as nearly as
practicable to its final location to avoid segregation.
C. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of
construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed.
1. Consolidate concrete during placing operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around
reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.
2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth
surface, free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations.
3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position during concrete placement operations.
4. Where concrete slab is exposed concrete shall always be sequenced to allow stopping points or
interruptions to occur at control or expansion joints. Partial pours within area created by control or
expansion joints will not be accepted and must be removed and replaced with a monolith pour.
D. Cold Weather Placing: Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength which could be caused
by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures, in compliance with ACI 306 and as herein specified.
1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4 deg C), uniformly heat water
and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F (10 deg
C), and not more than 80 deg F (27 deg C) at point of placement.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade
or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, and other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical
accelerators, unless otherwise accepted in mix designs.
E. Hot Weather Placing: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair quality and strength of
concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as herein specified.
1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement below 90 deg F (32
deg C). Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control temperature provided water
equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Use of liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is
Contractor's option.
2. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not
exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete.
3. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before concrete is placed.
F. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices will not be
disturbed during concrete placement.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 9
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
3.07 JOINTS
A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints at reveals or as indicated or, if not indicated, locate so
as not to impair strength and appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect. At exposed slabs, locate
joints only where shown.
B. Deviation from a straight line for sawcut joints: 1/8†per 10'-0â€.
C. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction
joints, except as otherwise indicated.
D. Contraction (Control) Joints: Construct contraction joints in slabs-on-ground to form panels of patterns as
shown. Use saw cuts 1/8" x 1/4 slab depth within 4 to 12 hours of slab pour, unless otherwise indicated. Use
equipment specifically designed for sawcutting “green†slabs. Begin sawcutting as soon as slab is suitable for
equipment to be used effectively. Provide as many saws as necessary to complete the sawing of the control
joints before the slab has cured too much for control joint cutting to be effective.
1. If joint pattern not shown, provide joints not exceeding 16' (12' on exposed slabs) in either direction and
located to conform to bay spacing wherever possible (at column centerlines, half bays, third-bays, edge of
walls and massive or planar elements).
a. Joint sealant material is specified in Division 7 sections of these specifications.
3.08 SLAB TOLERANCES
A. An independent testing agency, as specified in Division 1, will inspect finished slabs for flatness.
B. Screed floors level, maintaining the following minimum F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness values
when measured in accordance with ASTM E 1155/ASTM E 1155M.
1. Trowel and broom finish typical at exterior floor surfaces, unless otherwise indicated:
a. F(F): Specified Overall Value (SOV) of 38; Minimum Localized Value (MLV) of 25
b. F(L): Specified Overall Value (SOV) of 20; Minimum Localized Value (MLV) of 15
C. At exposed concrete floors: Remove and replace slabs that do not meet the specified tolerance.
3.09 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES
A. Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces to be exposed-to-view.
1. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power-driven trowel. Begin final troweling when
surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final
hand-troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and with surface
leveled to tolerances of FF 20 - FL 17. Grind smooth surface defects which would telegraph through
applied floor covering system.
B. Non-Slip Broom Finish: Apply non-slip broom finish to trowel finished exterior concrete slabs and walkways.
1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber bristle broom
perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 10
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
3.10 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
1. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing.
Continue curing for at least 7 days in accordance with ACI 301 procedures. Avoid rapid drying at end of
final curing period.
B. Provide moisture curing by following methods.
1. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water.
2. Continuous water-fog spray.
3. Covering concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturating cover with water and
keeping continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with
4" lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
C. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces as
follows:
1. Apply wet burlap or continuous fog spraying for a minimum of seven (7) days after concrete is poured.
D. Protection of Concrete:
1. Provide protective cover for exposed to view concrete slabs pursuant to Sections 03 35 60 and 03 36 00.
2. Protect freshly placed concrete from all adverse weather. Provide protective cover for newly placed slabs.
Protective cover may not come into contact with concrete and shall not affect finish. Concrete finishes that
are adversely affected by either weather or the Contractor's protective cover will be demolished, removed
from the site and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
3. Continue to protect concrete for the duration of the project from all adverse conditions including foot and
vehicle traffic, tools, staging, stored material, debris and any other material or activity which may
adversely affect the finish of completed work. Concrete finishes that, in the Architect's opinion, are
adversely affected will be demolished, removed from the site and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
3.11 RE-USE OF FORMS
A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be re-used in work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form
facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form coating compound as specified for
new formwork.
B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and
laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use "patched" forms
for exposed concrete surfaces, except as acceptable to Architect.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 11
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
3.12 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of
forms, when acceptable to Architect.
1. For exposed-to-view surfaces, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when
dry, patching mortar will match color surrounding. Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify
mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike-off slightly
higher than surrounding surface.
B. Repair of Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify
surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified.
Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, in addition to smoothness using a template having
required slope.
1. Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects which affect durability of concrete. Surface defects,
as such, include crazing, cracks in excess of 1/16" wide or which penetrate to reinforcement or completely
through non-reinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, pop-outs, honeycomb, rock pockets, and
other objectionable conditions.
2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding, after concrete has cured at least 14 days.
3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completion of surface finishing
operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend into
adjacent concrete. Proprietary patching compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect.
C. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Architect.
3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. General: Sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete may include the following, as
directed by Architect.
B. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94.
1. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type of concrete;
additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed.
2. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231
pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each day's pour of each type of air- entrained
concrete.
3. Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and below, and when 80
deg F (27 deg C) and above; and each time a set of compression test specimens made.
4. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of 4 standard cylinders for each compressive strength
test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens except when
field-cure test specimens are required.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 30 00, Page 12
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
McGranahanPBK
5. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour exceeding 5 cu. yds. plus additional
sets for each 50 cu. yds. over and above the first 25 cu. yds. of each concrete class placed in any one day;
one specimen tested at 7 days, one specimen tested at 14 days, one specimen tested at 28 days, and one
specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required.
a. When frequency of testing will provide less than 5 strength tests for a given class of concrete,
conduct testing from at least 5 randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than 5 are used.
b. When total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 50 cu. yds., strength test may be waived
by Architect if, in his judgment, adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided.
c. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured
cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the
in-place concrete.
d. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive
strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength, and no individual strength test
result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
C. Test results will be reported in writing to Architect, Structural Engineer and Contractor within 24 hours after
tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of
concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in
structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breaking
strength and type of break for all tests.
D. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall
not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection.
E. Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate
specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by
Architect. Testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying
with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests when unacceptable
concrete is verified.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 35 60, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING
McGranahanPBK
CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Natural grey concrete floors scheduled to receive a clear densifier/sealer.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements.
B. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Control and formed expansion and contraction joints and joint
devices. Finishing of concrete slabs prior to final chemical finish. Interior concrete slab mock-up.
D. Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants: Sealant for control and expansion joints.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Concrete Construction; 2020.
B. ACI 302.1R - Guide to Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2015.
C. ASTM D2370 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Organic Coatings; 2016.
D. ASTM D2794 - Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact);
1993 (Reapproved 2010).
E. ASTM D4060 - Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by the Taber Abraser; 2019.
F. ASTM E1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness Numbers;
2020.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordinate the work with concrete floor placement and concrete floor curing.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures.
B. Substitutions will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01 30 00 - Administrative
Requirements and Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Product Data: Provide product data and installation instructions on sealer, stain, and protection products
including information on compatibility of different products and limitations, and installation procedures.
D. Mock-up: Apply concrete sealer to a designated 100 square foot area for approval. Allow two weeks for
approval of mock-up. Application of sealer (rate, coverage and method) to be determined by acceptance of
mock-up by the architect.
E. Clear Sealer Mock-up: Apply concrete sealer to a designated 25 square foot area for approval. Allow two weeks
for acceptance of mock-up. Application of sealer (rate, coverage and method) to be determined by acceptance of
mock-up by the architect.
F. Maintenance Data: Provide data on maintenance renewal of applied coatings.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 03 35 60, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING
McGranahanPBK
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301.
1.07 MOCK-UP
A. Clear Sealer Mock-up: Apply concrete sealer to a designated area at a location of the concrete slab that will not
remain exposed to view in the final construction. Allow two weeks for acceptance of the mock-up.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's sealed packaging, including application instructions.
1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for environmental requirements necessary for finishing
operations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers/Products Clear Densifiers/Sealers:
1. US Spec; Product US Spec Industrial.
2. Euclid; Product Euclid Euco Diamond Hard.
3. Substitutions or accepted equivalent: See Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements.
2.02 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Sealant: As specified in Section 07 92 00. Color to match adjacent concrete finish.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that floor surfaces are acceptable to receive the work of this section.
3.02 PROTECTION
A. Protect all concrete floors that are designated to be exposed, both before (starting as soon as concrete cure
products are removed) and after surface treatment application (until substantial completion).
3.03 APPLICATION CLEAR SEALER
A. Follow manufacturer's instructions for application and coverage.
B. Allow new concrete to cure a minimum of 28 days, before applying.
C. Apply by low pressure spray, roller, or brush, without puddling. Apply product to point of rejection working it in
with a mechanical scrubber. Work with mechanical scrubber until product begins to gel (usually 15 - 30
minutes). Re-wet with water and work for another 10 minutes. Thoroughly rinse and squeegee excess material
from floor. Prior to product drying on floor - apply a second coat using the same procedure used for the first
coat.
D. Apply in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect concrete during curing and post finishing, in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, with
one of the materials specified. Maintain protection until substantial completion.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 07 92 00, Page 1
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 JOINT SEALANTS
McGranahanPBK
JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Self-leveling pourable joint sealants.
1. Joints in concrete slabs.
B. Joint backings and accessories.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements.
B. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Sealant filling of saw-cut joints in slabs.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM C661 - Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Elastomeric-Type Sealants by Means of a
Durometer; 2015 (Reapproved 2022).
B. ASTM C794 - Standard Test Method for Adhesion-in-Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2018 (Reapproved
2022).
C. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2017.
D. ASTM C881/C881M - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete; 2020a.
E. ASTM C919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications; 2018.
F. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2018.
G. ASTM C1087 - Standard Test Method for Determining Compatibility of Liquid-Applied Sealants with
Accessories Used in Structural Glazing Systems; 2016.
H. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2016.
I. ASTM C1248 - Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants; 2022.
J. ASTM C1311 - Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants; 2022.
K. ASTM D2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property--Durometer Hardness; 2015 (Reapproved 2021).
L. ASTM D412 - Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers--Tension; 2016
(Reapproved 2021).
M. ASTM D695 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics; 2015.
N. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; 2020.
O. SCAQMD 1168 - Adhesive and Sealant Applications; 1989, with Amendment (2017).
P. SWRI (VAL) - SWR Institute Validated Products Directory; Current Edition.
Q. UL 263 - Standard for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 07 92 00, Page 2
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 JOINT SEALANTS
McGranahanPBK
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Substitutions and/or Accepted Equivalents will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01
30 00 - Administrative Requirements and Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical datasheets for each product to be used; include the following:
1. Physical characteristics, including movement capability, VOC content, hardness, cure time, and color
availability.
2. List of backing materials approved for use with the specific product.
3. Substrates that product is known to satisfactorily adhere to and with which it is compatible.
4. Substrates the product should not be used on.
5. Substrates for which use of primer is required.
6. Substrates for which laboratory adhesion and/or compatibility testing is required.
7. Installation instructions, including precautions, limitations, and recommended backing materials and tools.
8. Sample product warranty.
9. Certification by manufacturer indicating that product complies with specification requirements.
D. Product Data for Accessory Products: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheet for each product to be used,
including physical characteristics, installation instructions, and recommended tools.
E. Color Cards for Selection: Where sealant color is not specified, submit manufacturer's color cards showing
standard colors available for selection.
F. Manufacturer's qualification statement.
G. Installer's qualification statement.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Coordination: Coordinate the work with all sections referencing this section.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with
minimum five years documented experience.
C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section and with at least five years
of documented experience.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals and Procedures for additional warranty requirements.
B. Installers Warranty: Installer's standard letter in which the Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint
sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within the
specified warranty period.
1. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 07 92 00, Page 3
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 JOINT SEALANTS
McGranahanPBK
C. Manufacturer's warranty for exterior building sealants: Contractor to provide manufacturer's standard warranty
in which elastomeric sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those
that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within the specified
warranty period.
1. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories that fail to achieve watertight seal,
exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure.
2. Warranty period: Twenty 910) years from the date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. General: Manufacturers listed in this article include those known to produce the indicated category of prime
joint sealer material, either as a nominally pure generic product or as an equivalent-performance modification
thereof or proprietary product.
B. Self-Leveling Sealants: Pourable or self-leveling sealant that has sufficient flow to form a smooth, level surface
when applied in a horizontal joint.
1. Curecrete Distribution, Inc.: www.curecrete.com/#sle.
2. Euclid Chemical Company: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle.
3. Master Builders Solutions: www.master-builders-solutions.com/en-us/#sle.
4. Metzger/McGuire: www.metzgermcguire.com.
5. Sika Corporation: www.usa.sika.com/#sle.
6. Tremco Commercial Sealants & Waterproofing: www.tremcosealants.com/#sle.
7. Metzger - McGuire: www.metzgermcguire.com.
8. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements .
2.02 JOINT SEALANT APPLICATIONS
A. Scope:
1. Exterior Joints: Seal open joints, whether or not the joint is indicated on drawings, unless specifically
indicated not to be sealed. Exterior joints to be sealed include, but are not limited to:
a. Joints in concrete paving and concrete slabs.
B. Type G - Exterior Control and Expansion Joints in Concrete Paving: Self-leveling polyurethane "traffic-grade"
sealant.
2.03 JOINT SEALANTS - GENERAL
A. Sealants and Primers: Provide products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than indicated
in SCAQMD 1168.
B. Colors: As selected from manufacturer's full range.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 07 92 00, Page 4
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 JOINT SEALANTS
McGranahanPBK
2.04 SELF-LEVELING JOINT SEALANTS
A. Type G - Exterior Paving: Self-Leveling Polyurethane Sealant for Continuous Water Immersion: Polyurethane;
ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class25, Uses T, I, M, and A; single component; explicitly approved by
manufacturer for traffic exposure and continuous water immersion.
1. Applications and Substrates:
a. Joints in sidewalks and vehicular paving.
2. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum.
3. Hardness Range: 35 to 55, Shore A, when tested in accordance with ASTM C661.
4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to 180 degrees F (Minus 40 to 82 degrees C).
5. Manufacturers:
a. Master Builders Solutions; MasterSeal SL 1: www.master-builders-solutions.com/en-us.
b. Sika Corporation; Sikaflex-1c SL: www.usa.sika.com/#sle.
c. Tremco Commercial Sealants & Waterproofing; Vulkem 45SSL: www.tremcosealants.com.
2.05 ACCESSORIES
A. Backer Rod: Cylindrical cellular foam rod with surface that sealant will not adhere to, compatible with specific
sealant used, and recommended by backing and sealant manufacturers for specific application.
1. Open Cell Polyurethane: ASTM C1330 Type O, 40 to 50 percent larger in diameter than joint width. a.
Manufacturers:.
1) Armacell; FillPro® Open Cell: www.armacell.us.
2) Backer Rod Mfg. Inc.; Denver Foam®: www.backerrod.com/products.
3) Nomaco; OCFoamTM: www.nomaco.com.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS.
2. Closed Cell Polyethylene: ASTM C1330 Type C, ASTM D 5249 Type 3, 25 to 33 percent larger in
diameter than joint width.
a. Manufacturers:
1) Armacell; FillPro® Standard: www.armacell.us.
2) Backer Rod Mfg. Inc.; Mile High Foam®: www.backerrod.com/products.
3) Nomaco; HBR®: www.nomaco.com.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS.
3. Bi-Cellular Polyethylene: ASTM C1330 Type B, ASTM D 5249 Type 3, 25 to 50 percent larger in
diameter than joint width.
a. Products:
1) Armacell; FillPro® Soft Type: www.armacell.us.
2) Backer Rod Mfg. Inc.; Titam Foam® : www.backerrod.com/products
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 07 92 00, Page 5
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 JOINT SEALANTS
McGranahanPBK
3) Nomaco, Inc; SOF® ROD: www.nomaco.com.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements .
B. Joint Cleaner: Noncorrosive and nonstaining type, type recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with
joint forming materials.
C. Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application; non-staining.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that joints are ready to receive work.
B. Verify that backing materials and release tapes are compatible with sealants.
C. Verify that backer rods are of the correct size.
D. Verify that voids provided for exterior sealants are at least 3/8"" wide by 1/2" deep.
E. Preinstallation Adhesion Testing: Install a sample for each test location indicated in the test plan.
1. Test each sample as specified in PART 1 under QUALITY ASSURANCE article.
2. Notify Architect of date and time that tests will be performed, at least seven days in advance.
3. Arrange for sealant manufacturer's technical representative to be present during tests.
4. Record each test on Preinstallation Adhesion Test Log as indicated.
5. If any sample fails, review products and installation procedures, consult manufacturer, or take other
measures that are necessary to ensure adhesion; retest in a different location; if unable to obtain
satisfactory adhesion, report to Architect.
6. After completion of tests, remove remaining sample material and prepare joints for new sealant
installation.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant.
B. Clean joints, and prime as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193.
D. Mask elements and surfaces adjacent to joints from damage and disfigurement due to sealant work; be aware
that sealant drips and smears may not be completely removable.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install sealants only when temperature and humidity are within the limits recommended by the sealant
manufacturer during and after installation.
B. Install this work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material
installation instructions.
C. Provide joint sealant installations complying with ASTM C1193.
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025
HALLER MIDDLE SCHOOL BLEACHER SITE PREP Section 07 92 00, Page 6
ARLINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 16 JOINT SEALANTS
McGranahanPBK
D. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface
bond area as recommended by manufacturer, except where specific dimensions are indicated.
1. Minimum width for exterior joints shall be 3/8".
E. Install foam backer rod at all joints including saw-cut joints in slabs.
F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags, and without getting sealant on
adjacent surfaces.
G. Do not install sealant when ambient temperature is outside manufacturer's recommended temperature range, or
will be outside that range during the entire curing period, unless manufacturer's approval is obtained and
instructions are followed.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements for additional requirements.
B. Perform field quality control inspection/testing as specified in PART 1 under QUALITY ASSURANCE article.
C. Remove and replace failed portions of sealants using same materials and procedures as indicated for original
installation.
D. Repair destructive test location damage immediately after evaluation and recording of results.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces.
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Protect sealants until cured.
END OF SECTION
mcgPBK 2010.720 July 09, 2025